Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd

EME/CS/PKD NNHKASSKL/2018-19/104: R00 31.07.2018 R01 Dated 21/01/2019

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Integrated Project of Sugar Plant Expansion (5000 to 7500 TCD), Ethanol Plant Expansion (30 to 100 KLPD) with Incineration Boiler/TG /Auxiliaries for ZLD & Cogeneration Power Plant (44 MW) Village Nagnathannanagar,Tal. Walwe, Dist. Sangli, Maharashtra

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd.

ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT AND LABORATORY MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd., Pune Environment Management and Engineering Division QCI-NABET Accredited Consultant Accreditation No. NABET/EIA/1720/RA0075 Behind DIC Office, Agriculture College Campus, Shivajinagar, Pune 411 005, Maharashtra (INDIA) Tel: +91- 020-66289400/404/407

DECLARATION BY EXPERTS INVOLVED IN PREPARATION OF EIA REPORT Integrated Sugar Plant Expansion (5000 to 7500 TCD), Ethanol Plant Expansion (30 to 100 KLPD) With Incineration Boiler / TG / Auxiliaries for ZLD & Cogeneration Power Plant (44 MW) Project at Nagnathannanagar, Tal. Walwe, Dist. Sangli, Maharashtra

I, hereby certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA. EIA Coordinator Signature & Date: 21.02.2019

Name : Dr. Hemangi Nalavade Period of involvement : Jan 2018 to till date Contact information : MITCON Consultancy and Engineering Services Ltd. Environment Management & Engineering Division Agriculture College Campus, Next to DIC office, Shivaji Nagar, Pune. 411 005, Maharashtra (India) Tel: +91-20-662894 Fax No. +91-20-25521607 Email: [email protected] Functional Area Experts Functi S. Name of the Signature & onal Involvement (Period & Task) No. expert/s Date Area 1. Dr. Sandeep EB & Dec 2018 to till date, Jadhav SC Interpretation of primary data and analysis of results and predicting impacts and providing mitigation measures. Analysis of soil interpretation of results. Impact 2. Mr. Shrikant EB Decpredic 2018tions to and till datesuggesting to till date of mitigation Field visit measuresfor study Kakade of flora and fauna in the 10 km area, study of rare endangers species. primary data collection. Interpretation of primary data and analysis of results and predicting impacts and providing mitigation measures.

3. Dr. Hemangi AQ, Jan 2018 to till date N. Nalavade SHW Baseline survey & preparation of EIA EMP. Air qualitywriting , modelinginputs Water for &social prediction aspects of air pollution impact due to proposed project using ISCST-3 model. Computed the maximum GLC of pollutant over baseline environmental parameter. Identification for hazardous solid waste. Prediction of the impact and suggesting mitigation measures. Formulation of EMP.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 1

Functi S. Name of the Signature & onal Involvement (Period & Task) No. expert/s Date Area 4. Mr. Ganesh SE May 2018 to till date Khamgal Data collection, interpretation and impact assessment, suggestion to CSR activities 5. Dr. Nitin HG & May 2018 Karmalkar GEO Review and observation of hydrology and geology in the 10 km radius of the project area, data

collection and interpretation; identification of impact and formulation of EMP 6. Ananat LU May-June 2018 Gadre Site Observations and preparation of Land use maps.

7. Mr. Chetan ISW July 2018 Patil Review of Interpretation of identified hazardous substances and degree of risk prediction of the impact and suggesting mitigation measures.

8. Mr. Aniket RH May 2018 Taware Assisting in Risk assessment and its report preparation

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization I, Dr. Sandeep Jadhav (Executive Vice President & Head, EME Division) hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts involved in Environmental Impact Assessment of Proposed Integrated Sugar Plant Expansion (5000 to 7500 TCD), Ethanol Plant Expansion (30 to 100 KLPD) With Incineration Boiler / TG / Auxiliaries For ZLD & Cogeneration Power Plant (44 MW) Project at Nagnathannanagar,Tal. Walwe, Dist. Sangli, Maharashtra I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement Signature:

Name Dr. Sandeep Jadhav Designation Executive Vice President & Head, EME Division EIA Consultant Organization MITCON Consultancy and Engineering Services Ltd

2 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 3

TOR COMPLIANCE A. Standard Terms of Reference Sr. Awarded ToR’s Compliance No. 1. Executive Summary It is attached as a separate chapter to the EIA/ EMP report. 2. Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant MITCON Consultancy and Engineering Services including NABET accreditation Ltd., is a NABET accredited consultant organization ‘A’ (NABET/EIA/1720/RA0075). ii. Information about the project Mentioned in chapter I proponent iii. Importance and benefits of the The current policies in Maharashtra and in India project are conducive and backed by favorable regulatory framework for generation of eco- friendly power & ethanol, as well as regarding support for private investment in such integrated projects. The recent trend of increase in the crude oil prices shows possibilities of greater use of agro based alcohol for various applications. 3. Project Description i. Cost of project and time of The total cost of the project is estimated about completion. Rs. 57438 Lakhs. Expected time of completion of project is 1 to 2 years. ii. Products with capacities for the Total capacities given below proposed project. Cane crushing : Expansion from 5000 to 7500 TCD Power generation: 44 MW Ethanol/Pure Rectified Spirit/ Impure Spirit/ENA: 30 to 100 KLPD iii. If expansion project, details of Products Existing Total existing products with capacities Proposed and whether adequate land is Cane crushing 5000 TCD 7500 TCD available for expansion, reference Power generation 24 MW 44 MW of earlier EC if any. Distillery 30 KLPD 100 KLPD ENA/RS/AA/Ethanol Bagasse( TPD) 1400 2100 Press mud( TPD) 200 300 Molasses( TPD) 48000 72000

iv. List of raw materials required and Sugarcane, Molasses, Urea, Antifoaming agent, their source along with mode of Di-ammonium phosphate (DAP), Lime, Sulphur, transportation. Caustic soda, Hydrochloric acid, Sodium chloride, Phosphoric acid and Lubricant oil will the basic raw material and chemicals will be procured from nearby market. Mode of transport will be by road.

4 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

v. Other chemicals and materials Raw material Existing Propo required with quantities and sed storage capacities Sugarcane (TPD) 5000 7500 Molasses (TPD) requirement 120 400 Coal(TPH) Nil 16.00 Lime (TPD) 8.00 12.00 Sulphur(TPD) 2.5 3.75 Hydrochloric acid kg/day 15.00 30.00 Sodium chloride - - Phosphoric acid kg/d 50 80 Lubricant Oil L/d 150 225

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, Particulate Matter (PM), SO2 & NOx are main hazardous waste generation and pollutants being/to be emitted from stacks their management. attached with steam Boilers of capacity 220 TPH and incineration boiler of capacity 40 TPH. Air pollution equipment’s like Electrostatic precipitator (ESP) will be installed. Waste water will be generate from process and steam condensate, boiler, and cooling tower blow down and water treatment plant, will be treated in ETP called condensate polishing unit and reused in process. Spent wash generated during the process of distillation will be treated in multiple effective evaporators to concentrate the spent wash and it will be used in boiler as a fuel. For existing distillery bio-methanation and bio composting is in practice. Fly ash generated from Coal/ spent wash Boiler will be collected in the ash silos and sent to brick manufacturing units without creating public nuisance. Spent wash ash is rich in potassium thus it can be used as a manure. vii. Requirement of water, power, All information is summarized in chapter II. with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract) viii. Process description along with Process description with process flow chart and major equipment’s and quantities of raw water and products are given machineries, process flow sheet in Chapter II. Major equipment’s and (quantitative) from raw material machineries list is given in chapter II. to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details Hazardous identification and the proposed of proposed safety systems. safety system are thoroughly described in Chapter VII Additional studies. Expansion/modernization proposals: a. Copy of all the Environmental Environmental clearance of the existing Sugar MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 5

Clearance(s) including 3500 TCD to 5000 TCD and 24 MW Amendments thereto obtained Cogeneration is granted on file no. J- for the project from MOEF/SEIAA 11011/197/2013-IA-II (I) dated 22.02.2017 and shall be attached as an for Distillery 30 KLPD file no. J-11011/661/2007- Annexure. A certified copy of the IA-II (I) distillery dated 17.09.2007(Initial dated) latest Monitoring Report of the and 12.10.2015 (Extension letter) Regional Office of the Ministry of Environmental clearances letter are attached in Environment and Forests as per Annexures. circular dated 30th May, 2012 on

the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing /existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. a. In case the existing project has Not Applicable not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/ No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005- 2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted. 4. Site Details i. Location of the project site The location of the project and site selection covering village, Taluka/ Tehsil, criterion is described in Chapter V, of the District and State, Justification EIA/EMP report. No alternative site has for selecting the site, whether considered as proposed project site is other sites were considered. appropriate for establishment of distillery unit. ii. A toposheet of the study area of Map of study area of 10 km radius marked on radius of 10 km and site Toposheet is given in chapter III, size map of 10 location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 km radius marked on toposheet is attached in scale on an A3/A2 sheet. annexure I. (including all eco-sensitive areas 6 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

and environmentally sensitive places) iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for Analysis for selection of site information is given selection of site in Chapter V iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all corners of the site four corners of the site. are given in chapter II v. Google map-Earth downloaded Please refer Chapter III of the project site. vi. Layout maps indicating existing Please refer Chapter II of the EIA/EMP report. unit as well as proposed unit Green belt layout map separately given in indicating storage area, plant Chapter X. area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate. vii. Photographs of the proposed Please refer Chapter II page no, Greenbelt and existing (if applicable) plant development photographs given in chapter X, site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular. viii. Land use break-up of total land Please refer Chapter II. Table no. 2.1 for area of the project site (identified breakup of project site break-up, of the and acquired), government,/ EIA/EMP report. private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area) ix. A list of major industries with No any industry is located in 10 km radius area. name and type within study area (10 km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area x. Geological features and Geo- Chapter III point no. 3.5 and 3.6 of the EIA/EMP hydrological status of the study report. area shall be included. xi. Details of Drainage of the project Chapter III the EIA/EMP report for drainage up to 5km radius of study area. If pattern of the study area. the site is within 1 km radius of Not present within 1 km radius of the project any major river, peak and lean site. Krishna River is flowing at a distance of 2.2 season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based km in from the project site. on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 7

the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects) xii. Status of acquisition of land. If The total land is in possession with acquisition is not complete, management and the land acquisition. stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land. xiii. R&R details in respect of land in The site is situated on a barren land without line with state Government having human settlements. Therefore no R & R policy study is required. 5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable) i. Permission and approval for the Not Applicable as any forest land is involved use of forest land (forestry within 10 km radius of the project site. clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable) ii. Landuse map based on High No forest land is involved. resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha) iii. Status of Application submitted Not Applicable for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted. iv. The projects to be located Not Applicable. No National Parks, Sanctuaries, within 10 km of the National Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Animals located within 10 km radius of the Reserves, Migratory Corridors project site. of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden- thereon v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly Not Applicable authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in

8 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

the study area vi. Copy of application submitted Not Applicable for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife 6. Environmental Status i. Determination of atmospheric Chapter III of the EIA/EMP report for site- inversion level at the project specific micrometeorological data. site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall. ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at Details of AAQ monitoring are given in Chapter 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, III SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests iii. Raw data of all AAQ Attached in Annexures. measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iv. Surface water quality of nearby Chapter III of the EIA/EMP report. River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines. v. Whether the site falls near to No. The site does not falls near to polluted polluted stretch of river stretch of river identified by the identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 9

vi. Ground water monitoring at Total 9 ground water monitoring locations were minimum at 8 locations shall be selected and results for the same are given in included Chapter III. vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 Chapter III point no. 3.11 of the EIA/EMP report. locations within the study area viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB Soil characteristics point 3.13 Table 3.18 guidelines ix. Traffic study of the area, type of Details of traffic study are given in Chapter III vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x. Detailed description of flora and Details of Flora and Fauna are given in Chapter fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) III point no. 3.14 existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished. xi. Socio-economic status of the Details of Socio-economic are given in Chapter study area. III point no. 3.15 of the EIA report 7. Impact and Environment Management Plan i. Assessment of ground level Impact assessment of all sources of emissions concentration of pollutants (including transportation) on the AAQ of the from the stack emission based area have been assessed and described in on site-specific meteorological Chapter IV features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project

10 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. ii. Water Quality modeling - in Not Applicable case of discharge in water body iii. Impact of the transport of the There will be no negative impact of the raw materials and end products transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding on the surrounding environment. All product environment shall be assessed and raw material transportation will be done by and provided. In this regard, national highways and village pacca road. options for transport of raw Transportation of Products and Raw material materials and finished products will be done by Trucks. and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or convey or cum- rail transport shall be examined. iv. A note on treatment of Factor is proposing to adopt incineration boiler wastewater from different plant technology for spent wash treatment, Hence, operations, extent recycled and process condensate will be generated during reused for different purposes evaporation, and this will be recycled in the shall be included. Complete process. Moreover spent lees will also be scheme of effluent treatment. recycled in the cooling tower make up water. Characteristics of untreated and After recycling the generated wastewater in the treated effluent to meet the process, daily fresh water requirement for 100 prescribed standards of KLPD distillery will around 790 CMD. Hence total discharge under EPA Rules. fresh water consumption is around 7.9 KL/KL of alcohol production. Complete scheme of effluent generation and its disposal is given in Chapter X v. Details of stack emission and Details of stack emissions and control measures action plan for control of are given in Chapter IV, emissions to meet standards vi. Measures for fugitive emission Chapter IV point no. 4.3.1 Of the EIA report. control vii. Details of hazardous waste Solid waste will be mainly yeast sludge, boiler generation and their storage, ash and spent oil, discarded container etc. utilization and management. Boiler coal ash will be sold to the brick- Copies of MOU regarding manufacturing unit. Spent wash ash will be used utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also as manure. The yeast sludge can be used as be included. EMP shall include manure. Scrap oil authorized refiner or will be the concept of waste- mixed with coal and burnt in the boiler. Empty minimization, containers will be Sold to authorized recyclers. recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall Fly ash collection system will be installed with

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 11

be ensured as per Fly Ash ESP. Fly ash will be collected and store in silos Notification, 2009. A detailed and send to the brick manufacturer plan of action shall be provided. ix. Action plan for the green belt Detail action plan for green belt development is development plan in 33 % area given in Chapter X, point no. 10.3.6 i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. x. Action plan for rainwater Chapter X point no.10.3.8 of the EIA/EMP harvesting measures at plant report. site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. xi. Total capital cost and recurring Estimated cost of EMP is Rs. 10.5 cr. per annum cost/annum for environmental for environmental pollution control measures. pollution control measures shall be included. xii. Action plan for post-project Action plan for post-project environmental environmental monitoring shall monitoring is given in detail in chapter VI, be submitted. xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster Details of onsite and offsite Disaster (natural (natural and Man-made) and Man-made) preparedness and Emergency Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment Management Plan including and damage control is given in Chapter VII. Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan. 8. Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to Total 24.8 lakhs has been allotted as Initial fund ensure the occupational health allocation to ensure the occupational health & & safety of all contract and safety of all contract and casual workers. casual workers ii. Details of exposure specific Details regarding Occupational & Safety Hazards

12 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

health status evaluation of are described in Chapter X and Chapter VII. worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre- placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. iii. Details of existing Occupational Details regarding Occupational & Safety Hazards & Safety Hazards. What are the are described in Chapter VII. exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved, iv. Annual report of health status Annual report of health status of workers will be of workers with special submitted in six monthly compliance reports reference to Occupational after the accord of EC as it is a new project. Health and Safety. 9. Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well No, at the movement factory does not have laid down Environment Policy approved Environment Policy; however approved by its Board of company shall be planning the same. Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. ii. Does the Environment Policy Company shall be planning to develop prescribe for standard environmental policy and ensures, environment operating process / procedures policy prescribe for standard operating process to bring into focus any / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / infringement / deviation / violation of the violation of the environmental environmental or forest norms / conditions or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA. iii. What is the hierarchical system Hierarchical system of the company deal with or Administrative order of the the environmental issues is given in Chapter VI, company to deal with the Table 6.4

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 13

environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given. iv. Does the company have system The EMC will monitor non-compliances / of reporting of non-compliances violations of environmental norms. The cell will / violations of environmental also be responsible for maintaining the records norms to the Board of Directors of data, documents, and information in line with of the company and / or the legislative requirement and will regularly shareholders or stakeholders at furnish the same to the concern statutory large? This reporting authorities. mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report 10. Details regarding infrastructure Facilities during construction and operation facilities such as sanitation, fuel, such as clean water for washing the hands, restroom etc. to be provided to the sanitation facility, and cleanup after work, Clean labour force during construction as area for eating and taking rest shall be provided. well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase. 11. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the The company has planned to invest 2.87 Cr. project cost) shall be earmarked (0.5%) on the CER activities. Details of CER towards the Enterprise Social activities are given in Chapter X. Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon. 12. Any litigation pending against the No project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case. 13. 'A tabular chart with index for point Point-wise compliance of the ToRs has been wise compliance of above TOR. given in the tabular form. 14. The ToRs prescribed shall be valid for Noted a period of three years for submission of the EIA-EMP reports.

14 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Specific TOR

Sr. Awarded ToR’s Compliance No. Distillery 1. Public hearing to be conducted Public consultation was carried out on 12.10.2018. and issues raised and All public hearing documents are attached in commitments made by the Annexures. project proponent on the same Brief questioning and answering during public should be included in EIA/EMP hearing in tabular format is given in Chapter VII Report in the form of tabular chart with financial budget for complying with the commitments made. 2. Proposed effluent treatment Factory will be adopting Zero Liquid Discharge system for molasses distillery ( (ZLD). spent wash, spent lees, Waste water will be generate from process and condensate and utilities ) as well steam condensate, boiler and cooling tower blow as domestic sewage and scheme down and water treatment plant, will be treated in for achieving zero effluent ETP called condensate polishing unit and reused in discharge(ZLD) process. Spent lees from distillation, will be recycled back in the process. Existing Spent wash ~600 CMD will be treated through Biogas followed by MEE followed by Bio-composting. Spent wash 360 CMD generated from proposed expansion during the process of distillation will be treated in multiple effective evaporators to concentrate the spent wash and it will be used in boiler as a fuel. 3. Plan to reduce spent wash Total Spent wash generation is around 600 CMD; generation within 6-8 KL/KL of Factory is proposing incineration boiler technology alcohol produced. for spent wash treatment for proposed expansion. Factory will be adopting continuous fermentation which will help to reduce spent wash generation. 4. Proposed action to restrict fresh After recycling the generated wastewater in the water consumption within 10 process, daily fresh water requirement is 790 CMD. KL/KL of alcohol production. Hence total fresh water consumption is around 7.9 KL/KL of alcohol production 5. Details about capacity of spent Spent wash storage lagoon with 5 day capacity is wash holding tank, material used, already installed. New spent wash Lagoon will be design consideration. No. of also installed. piezometers to be proposed around spent wash holding tank and composting Yard 6. Arrangements for installation of The arrangement of continuous online monitoring continuous online monitoring system and online flow meter and camera is already system (24x7 monitoring device). installed.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 15

Sr. Awarded ToR’s Compliance No. 7. List of existing distillery units in Within the 10 km of study area, there are no the study area along with their distilleries, however, list of nearby distillery is given capacity and sourcing of raw in Chapter III. material. 8. Number of working days of the 300 for Distillery distillery unit. 193 of Cogeneration (season & off season) 160 days Sugar 9. Details of raw materials such as Details are given in chapter II, Table 2.8 molasses/grains, their source with availability. 10. Details of the use of steam from Steam Generation Season is 220 TPH the boiler. Details are given in chapter II, Table 2.5 11. Surface and Ground water quality Existing ground water quality in the area is around proposed spent wash analyzed. Results of the same are given in Chapter storage lagoon, and compost III. yard. 12. Plan to reduce spent wash Spent wash generation is around 600 KLD; however generation within 6-8 KL/KL of factory is proposing incineration boiler technology alcohol produced. for spent wash treatment for expansion. Factory will be adopting continuous fermentation which will help to reduce spent wash generation. Hence total spent wash generation is around 6 KL/KL of alcohol production 13. Proposed effluent treatment Factory will be adopting Zero Liquid Discharge system for molasses/grain based (ZLD). distillery (spent wash, spent lees, Waste water will be generate from process and condensate and utilities) as well steam condensate, boiler, and cooling tower blow as domestic sewage and scheme down and water treatment plant, will be treated in for achieving zero effluent ETP called condensate polishing unit and reused in discharge (ZLD). process. Spent lees from distillation, will be recycled back in the process. Spent wash generated during the process of distillation will be treated in multiple effective evaporators to concentrate the spent wash and it will be used in boiler as a fuel. 14. Proposed action to restrict fresh Total fresh water requirement for total 100 KLPD water consumption within 10 distillery is 790 CMD. Hence total fresh water KL/KL of alcohol production. consumption for distillery is 7.9 KL/KL of alcohol production. 15. Details about capacity of spent Spent wash storage lagoon with 5 day capacity is wash holding tank, material used, installed. One spent wash lagoon of 30 days design consideration. No. of storage is available with distillery. Two piezometer peizometers to be proposed is installed around the lagoon. around spent wash holding tank. 16. Action plan to control ground There will be no ground water pollution due to water pollution. proposed project as the factory will operate on Zero

16 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Sr. Awarded ToR’s Compliance No. Liquid Discharge technology. To avoid the spent wash leakage, lagoon specification will be maintained as below, • Preparation of embankment in soil for all four sides 1:2 slopes to be maintained • Laying of 250 micron thick HDPE sheet • Flat brick lining over HDPE sheet for bottom and slopes in cement mortar 1:5 with pointing • Construction of the wall to avoid underscoring of the embankment during heavy rains. • Lagoon top with bricks on edge in cement mortar 1: 5. 17. Details of solid waste Solid wastes are generated from the Fermentation management including (Yeast sludge), spent oil from DG sets and Ash management of boiler ash, yeast, generation from Boiler. Spent oil will be mixed with etc. Details of incinerated spent coal and burnt in the Boiler. Fly ash generated from wash ash generation and its coal/ spent wash Boiler will be collected in the ash disposal. silos and sent to brick manufacturing units without creating public nuisance. Spent wash ash is rich in potassium thus it can be used as a manure. The fly ash will be pneumatically conveyed to the silos and vents of silo will be provided to control fugitive emission. The bottom ash will be conveyed through submerged ash conveyor to storage hopper and from there it will be transported in moisten condition to ash disposal site. Yeast sludge will be used as manure or can be burn in the boiler. 18. Details of bio-composting yard (if Details of Existing Bio-composting yard are given in applicable). Chapter II point no. 2.9.1 19. Action plan to control odor Existing bio-methanation unit is operated on pollution. complete concrete platform. For proposed expansion whole process is work under closed conditions, close pipeline. Spent wash from evaporation would be in a closed tank and directly send to the incineration in boiler. Fermentation unit will be provided with proper cover to avoid the spread of odor and regular steaming of all fermentation equipment’s; temperature will be kept under control during fermentation to avoid inactivation/killing of yeast; staling of fermented wash would also be avoided. 20. Arrangements for installation of For existing effluent system is already installed with

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 17

Sr. Awarded ToR’s Compliance No. continuous online monitoring continuous online monitoring system. The system (24x7 monitoring device). arrangement of continuous online monitoring system for proposed expansion unit will be done. Online flow meter and camera will be also being arranged. Specific Terms of Reference for EIA studies for Sugar Industry 1. Complete process flow diagram Complete process flow diagram describing each describing each unit, its unit, its processes and operation sir production of processes, and operation sugar is given in chapter II, point no 2.7 and fig no. production of sugar, along with 2.10 material and energy inputs and outputs (material and energy balance). 2. Details on water balance Details water balance is given in Chapter II, Fig 2.6 including quantity of effluent and Fig 2.7 generated, recycled & reused. Efforts to minimize effluent is charge and to maintain quality of receiving water body. 3. Details of effluent treatment Flow chart of ETP is given in Chapter X Fig no. 10.1 plant, inlet and treated water quality with specific efficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect to fall concerned/ regulated environmental parameters. 4. Number of working days of the Sugar factory season: 160 day sugar production unit. 5. Details steam from the boiler. Details given in Chapter II, Table 2.5 6. Details of proposed source- Electrostatic precipitator for new boiler will be specific pollution control schemes installed for air pollution control. and equipment’s to meet the Existing boiler and wet scrubber will be demolished. national standards. 7. Collection, storage, handling, and No molasses transportation will be involved. transportation of molasses. Molasses will be used in current running distillery Molasses storage details are given in chapter II, Table 2.9 8. Collection, storage, and handling Details of storage tanks are given in Table 2.9 of bagasse and press mud. 9. Fly ash management plan for coal Bagasse and Spent wash ash to Manure. based and bagasse and action Coal ash to brick manufacturer. plan 10. Details on water quality Water quality parameter Given in chapter III Table parameter such as Temperature, 3.15

18 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Sr. Awarded ToR’s Compliance No. Colour, pH, BOD, COD, Total Kjeldhal, Nitrogen, Phosphates, Oil & Grease, Total Suspended Solids, Total Coli form bacteria etc. 11. Details on existing ambient air Air quality parameter Given in chapter III, Table quality and expected, stack and 3.10 fugitive emissions for PM10, PM2.5, SO2*, NOx*, etc., and evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices to meet standards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*-As applicable)

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 19

CONTENTS

CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION ...... 27 1.1 Purpose of the report ...... 27 1.2 Identification of project & project proponent ...... 27 1.3 EIA Consultant ...... 28 1.4 Brief Description of the Project ...... 29 1.4.1 Nature and size of the project ...... 29 1. 5 Project Location ...... 29 1.6 Importance to country region ...... 29 1. 7 Objective and Scope of study ...... 31 1.7.1 The steps of EIA ...... 32 CHAPTER II PROJECT DESCRIPTION...... 35 2.1 Type of Project ...... 35 2.2 Need of the project ...... 35 2.3 Project Location ...... 36 2.4 Land Details ...... 41 2.5 Size and Magnitude of the Operation ...... 41 2.5.1 Technical details of Sugar Factory ...... 44 2.5.2 Technical details of Distillery ...... 46 2.6 Resource Requirement ...... 47 2.6.1 Raw material ...... 47 2.6.2 Fuel requirement ...... 48 2.6.3 Manpower requirement ...... 48 2.6.4 Water requirement ...... 48 2.6.5 Utilities details ...... 53 2.7 Technology and process description ...... 54 2.7.1 Sugar (White sugar) manufacturing ...... 54 2.7.2 Power generation process ...... 57 2.7.3 Distillery Process ...... 59 2.7.4 Utilities details modernization equipment ...... 70 2.8 Schematic representation of the feasibility drawing for EIA purpose ...... 71 2.9 Pollution Sources and its Mitigation measures ...... 71 2.9.1 Composting process details ...... 72 2.10 Project Implementation Schedule ...... 74 2.11 Project Cost Estimate ...... 74 2.12 Conclusion...... 75 CHAPTER III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ...... 76 3.1 Environmental Parameters ...... 76 3.2 Study Period ...... 76 3.3 Frequency of Monitoring ...... 76 3.4 Study area ...... 78 3.5 Physiography ...... 82 3.5.1 Geology ...... 83 3.5.2 Hydrology ...... 84

20 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

3.5.3 Topography ...... 84 3.6 Land use pattern ...... 86 3.6.1 Land Cover of the study area ...... 86 3.7 Seismology ...... 90 3.8 TRAFFIC SURVEY ...... 91 3.9 Climatic Condition & Meteorology ...... 91 3.9.1 Methodology ...... 92 3.9.2 Average Meteorological Condition (Source: IMD) ...... 92 3.9.3 Temperature ...... 93 3.9.4 Relative Humidity ...... 93 3.9.5 Precipitation ...... 93 3.6.6 Wind Speed and Wind Direction ...... 94 3.10 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ...... 94 3.11 Ambient noise monitoring results ...... 99 3.12 Water Quality ...... 102 3.13.1 Surface Water ...... 103 3.13.2 Ground water sampling location & frequency...... 106 3.13 Soil Environment ...... 108 3.14 Ecology Biodiversity ...... 112 3.14.1 Flora ...... 112 3.14.2 Faunal Studies ...... 117 3.14.3 Cropping Pattern ...... 120 3.15 Socio-economic Environment ...... 121 3.15.1 Demography of the Taluka ...... 123 3.15.2 Health status ...... 126 3.15.3 Cultural and aesthetic attributes ...... 127 3.15.4 Infrastructure resource base ...... 127 3.16 Existing industries in the study area ...... 129 3.17 Conclusion ...... 129 CHAPTER IV: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENT IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 130 4.1 Identification of the Impact ...... 130 4.1.1 Phase I ...... 131 4.1.2 Phase II ...... 132 4.2 Identification of Impact during construction and commissioning phase ...... 133 4.2.1 Impacts on Air Quality ...... 134 4.2.2 Impacts on Noise Quality ...... 135 4.2.3 Impacts on water quality ...... 136 4.2.4 Impacts on Land ...... 136 4.2.5 Impacts on biological environment ...... 138 4.2.6 Impacts on Socio-economics ...... 138 4.2.7 Occupational health and safety ...... 139 4.3 Identification of impact during operation phase ...... 139 4.3.1 Ambient Air Environment ...... 141 4.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT MATRIX ...... 158 4.3.1 Conclusion of impact matrix assessment ...... 160 4.3.2 Summary of Impact ...... 161 4.5 CONCLUSION ...... 163

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 21

CHAPTER V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ...... 164 5.1 Introduction ...... 164 5.2 Site alternatives ...... 164 5.3 Analysis of alternative technology ...... 165 5.4 Wastewater treatment options ...... 169 5.5 Conclusion ...... 171 CHAPTER VI ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM ...... 172 6.1 Importance of Post Environment Monitoring ...... 172 6.2 Objective of Monitoring Plan ...... 173 6.3 Environment Monitoring Plan ...... 173 6.3.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction Phase ...... 173 6.3.2 Post Project Environmental Monitoring Plan ...... 174 6.4 Monitoring methodologies ...... 177 6.5 Reporting and documentation ...... 177 6.6 Laboratory Facility ...... 178 6.7 Formulation of Environment Management Cell (EMC) ...... 178 6.8 Effective Implementation on Environmental Monitoring Programme ...... 179 6.9 Budgetary provision for environment management ...... 179 CHAPTER VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...... 180 7.1 Public consultation ...... 180 7.2 Risk Assessment ...... 181 7.2.1 Salient Feature of Risk Mitigation ...... 182 7.2.2 Identification of Risks ...... 182 7.2.3 Fire and Explosion Index ...... 186 7.2.4 Consequence Analysis ...... 188 7.2.5 Risk Mitigation Measures...... 189 7.2.6 Possibilities, Nature and Effects of Emergency ...... 189 7.2.7 Methodology of MCA Analysis ...... 189 7.2.8 Consequence analysis ...... 190 7.2.9 Factors influencing the use of physical effect models ...... 190 7.7.10 Specific Emergencies Anticipated and Mitigation Measures ...... 194 7.2.11 Risk Reduction Measures ...... 195 7.3 Disaster Management Plan ...... 197 7.3.1 Capabilities of DMP ...... 197 7.3.2 Declaration of Emergency ...... 198 7.3.3 Control of Emergency ...... 199 7.3.4 Emergency Fire Fighting Equipment ...... 200 7.3.5 Evacuation of Workers and Plant Shut Down ...... 200 7.4 Disaster Control Philosophy ...... 201 7.4.1 On-Site Emergency Management ...... 202 7.4.2 Offsite Emergency Plan ...... 206 7.5 Conclusion ...... 209 CHAPTER VIII PROJECT BENEFITS ...... 210 8.1 Proponent approach towards the Project ...... 210 8.2 PROJECT BENEFITS ...... 210 8.2.1 Improvements in the physical infrastructure ...... 210

22 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

8.2.2 Improvements in the social infrastructure ...... 210 8.2.3 Employment Potential ...... 211 8.2.4 Advantages of sugar, distilleries and cogeneration ...... 212 8.3 Conclusion ...... 212 CHAPTER IX: ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ...... 213 9.1 Environmental Benefits ...... 213 CHAPTER X ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 214 10.1 Introduction ...... 214 10.2 Environmental management during construction phase ...... 215 10.2.1 Site preparation ...... 215 10.2.2 Noise ...... 216 10.2.3 Construction equipment and waste ...... 216 10.2.4 Site security and Occupational Health ...... 216 10.3 Environment Management Plan for Operation Phase...... 217 10.3.1 Air Pollution Management ...... 217 10.3.2 Noise pollution management ...... 218 10.3.3 Water and waste water management ...... 219 10.3.4 Solid hazardous waste management ...... 221 10.3.5 Odor Management Plan ...... 222 10.3.6 Greenbelt development ...... 223 10.3.7 Management of traffic ...... 226 10.3.8 Rainwater Harvesting Plan ...... 226 10.3.9 Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) ...... 228 10.3.10 Risk Assessment ...... 229 10.3.11 Socioeconomic Development ...... 231 10.4 Environment Management Cell (EMC) ...... 232 10.4.1 Responsibilities of Environmental Management Cell ...... 234 10.5 Post Clearance Monitoring Protocol ...... 235 10.6 Environment Management Plan Implementation schedule ...... 235 10.7 Environment Management Cost ...... 238 10.9 Conclusion ...... 239 CHAPTER XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION ...... 240 11.1 Scope of the study ...... 240 11.2 Project information in brief ...... 240 11.3 Other raw material requirements for the project ...... 243 11.4 Process Description ...... 244 11.5 Description of the environment ...... 245 11.6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts ...... 247 11.7 Environmental Monitoring Program ...... 248 11.8 Additional Studies ...... 250 11.9 Project Benefits ...... 250 11.10 Environmental Management Plan ...... 250 11.11 CONCLUSION ...... 252 CHAPTER XII: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ...... 254 12.1 Background of the organization ...... 254 12.2 Environmental Management and Engineering Division (EME) ...... 254

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 23

12.3 NABET Accreditation ...... 255 12.4 Key personnel’s engaged in preparation of EIA report ...... 256

TABLES Table 1.1 : Chronology of the environmental clearance process ...... 31 Table 1.2 : EIA Structure ...... 33 Table 2.1 : Land Bifurcation ...... 41 Table 2.2 : Salient features of integrated project ...... 41 Table 2.3 : Design and operational details of sugar factory ...... 44 Table 2.4 :Bagasse balance ...... 45 Table 2.5 : Steam balance for proposed 220 TPH boiler ...... 45 Table 2.6 : Power Balance...... 46 Table 2.7 : Design and Operational parameters of distillery ...... 46 Table 2.8 : Raw Material details ...... 47 Table 2.9 : Storage tank details ...... 47 Table 2.10 : Fuel consumption ...... 48 Table 2.11 : Water requirement for integrated project ...... 49 Table 2.12 : Effluent generation from sugar and cogeneration unit ...... 49 Table 2.13 : Effluent generation from distillery Unit ...... 49 Table 2.14 : Boiler details ...... 53 Table 2.15 : Incineration boiler details ...... 53 Table 2.16 : Turbo alternator data ...... 53 Table 2.17 : Cooling Tower ...... 54 Table 2.18 : Major pollution sources and its proposed mitigation measures ...... 71 Table 2.19 : Compost cycle ...... 73 Table 2.20 : Total project cost for Sugar, Cogeneration, and Distillery ...... 74 Table 2.21 Environment Management Cost ...... 75 Table 3.1: Environmental Parameter & Frequency of Monitoring ...... 76 Table 3.2: Environmental setting ...... 78 Table 3.3: Land use land cover statistics of the study area ...... 86 Table 3.4: Traffic Scenario- existing project in crushing season ...... 91 Table 3.5: Expected Traffic Scenario- due to Proposed Project in crushing season...... 91 Table 3.6: Average of meteorological data ...... 92 Table 3.7: Average of the site-specific meteorological data (March 18 to May 18) ...... 93 Table 3.8: Methodology for AAQM...... 95 Table 3.9: Air sampling locations ...... 96 Table 3.10: Ambient Air analysis results ...... 98 Table 3.11: Noise Level Monitoring Locations ...... 100 Table 3.12: Results of noise monitoring ...... 102 Table 3.13: Surface water sampling locations ...... 103 Table 3.14: Results of surface water sampling ...... 105 Table 3.15: Ground water sampling locations ...... 106 Table 3.16: Results of ground water sampling ...... 107 Table 3.17: Soil sampling locations ...... 109 Table 3.18: Results of soil sampling ...... 111 Table 3.19: Tree species observed during field visit ...... 115

24 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Table 3.20: Faunal species observed during field visit ...... 118 Table 3.21: Ave species observed during field visit ...... 119 Table 3.22: Major Crops of the region ...... 120 Table 3.19: Demography at a Glance within 10 km Study Area ...... 124 Table 3.20: Village’s wise demography at a glance within 10 km Study Area ...... 126 Table 4.1: Construction and commissioning phase impact matrix...... 133 Table 4.2: Operation phase impact matrix for cumulative impact assessment ...... 140 Table 4.8: Cumulative Pollutant Potential ...... 141 Table 4.9: Stack details ...... 142 Table 4.10: Proximate analysis of spent wash concentrate ...... 143 Table 4.11: Ultimate analysis of spent wash concentrate ...... 143 Table 4.12: Composition of Biogas ...... 143 Table 4.13: Cumulative impact of Air modeling results at nearest downwind receptor locations due to proposed boilers (220+40 TPH) ...... 145 Table 4.14: Summary of effluent generation from existing and proposed distillery, sugar and cogeneration unit ...... 153 Table 4.15: Composition of spent wash from continuous manufacturing process...... 153 Table 4.16: Characteristics of Spent Lees ...... 154 Table 4.17: Characteristic of wastewater from cooling tower and boiler blow down ...... 154 Table 4.18: Inlet and outlet characteristics of Process Condensate treatment unit ...... 154 Table 4.19: Characteristic of wastewater generated from sugar factory ...... 154 Table 4.2: Impact Matrix of Proposed Project ...... 158 Table 4.21: Assessment of Impacts due to proposed activity on Environment ...... 161 Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction Phase ...... 174 Table 6.2: Environmental monitoring schedule ...... 175 Table 6.3: Methodology of Environmental Monitoring ...... 177 Table 6.4: Environment Monitoring Cell ...... 178 Table 6.5: Implementation Plan to Mitigate Environmental Impact ...... 179 Table 6.6: Environment Management Cost ...... 179 Table 7.1: Fire & Explosion Index ...... 187 Table 7.2: Risk Index ...... 187 Table 7.3: The Physiological effects of threshold Thermal Doses ...... 187 Table 7.4: Damage due to Incident Radiation Intensity ...... 188 Table 7.5: Fire & safety facilities ...... 195 Table 10.1: Utility emission ...... 218 Table 10.2: Fugitive emissions ...... 218 Table 10.3: Quantification of Solid Waste ...... 222 Table 10.4: Planned Schedule for greenbelt development ...... 225 Table 10.5: List of Plant Species for Plantations ...... 225 Table 10.6: Incremental Run off due to project development ...... 227 Table 10.7: Hazards & Mitigation Measures Associated with RS/ENA ...... 229 Table 10.8: CER Activity Action Plan ...... 232 Table 10.9: Environment Monitoring Cell and its responsibilities ...... 233 Table 10.10: EMP implementation phases during Construction ...... 236 Table 10.10: EMP implementation phases during Operation ...... 237 Table 10.11: Environment Management Cost ...... 239

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 25

Table 11.1: Project information ...... 240 Table 11.2: Raw material details ...... 243 Table 11.3: Environmental Parameter & Frequency of Monitoring ...... 245 Table 11.4: Observation of Environmental monitoring ...... 246 Table 11.5: Anticipated Impacts ...... 247 Table 11.6: Environmental monitoring schedule ...... 248 Table 11.7: EMP for various Environmental Attributes ...... 250 Table 12.1: Experts engaged in the EIA report ...... 256

FIGURES Figure 2.1: General Location Map ...... 36 Figure 2.2: Google Image ...... 37 Figure 2.3: Plant Layout ...... 38 Figure 2.4: Existing factory photographs ...... 39 Figure 2.5: Photographs of existing environmental infrastructure of factory ...... 40 Figure 2.6: Estimated water balance for existing 5000 TCD ...... 50 Figure 2.7: Estimated water balance for existing 7500 TCD ...... 51 Figure 2.8: Water balance for existing 30 KLPD Distillery...... 52 Figure 2.9: Water balance for existing 100 KLPD Distillery ...... 52 Figure 2.10: Sugar manufacturing process ...... 56 Figure 2.11: Cogeneration process schematic ...... 59 Figure 2.12: Distillery process ...... 63 Figure 2.13: Existing Compost yard ...... 73 Figure 3.1: Toposheet of the 10 km study area ...... 79 Figure 3.2: Google Image of the 10 km study area ...... 80 Figure 3.3: Satellite Image of the study area ...... 81 Figure 3.4: Hydrogeology the district ...... 82 Figure 3.5: (a) Pre monsoon water level in the district (b) Post monsoon water level ...... 84 Figure 3.6: Digital elevation of 10 km study area ...... 85 Figure 3.7: Land cover of 10 km study area ...... 89 Figure 3.8: Seismic zone map ...... 90 Figure 3.9: Wind rose diagram for March to May 2018 ...... 94 Figure 3.10: Air quality sampling locations ...... 97 Figure 3.11: Noise sampling Locations ...... 101 Figure 3.12: Water sampling location ...... 104 Figure 3.13: Soil sampling location ...... 110 Figure 3.14: Ecological sampling location ...... 114 Figure 5.1: Alternative technologies for spent wash treatment ...... 169 Figure 7.1: Emergency provision in the factory premises ...... 197 Figure 7.2: Typical organogram for onsite emergency management plan ...... 206 Figure 7.3: Typical Organogram for off-site emergency management plan ...... 208 Figure 10.1 Existing ETP Flow chart ...... 220 Figure 10.1: Environment Monitoring Cell ...... 233

26 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION

This chapter is intended to give Identification of project & project proponent, brief description of nature, size and location of the project, importance of project to the region and country including scope and overview of EIA report.

1.1 Purpose of the report Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. (PKDNNHKASSKL) proposes expansion of existing sugar crushing capacity from 5000 TCD to 7500 TCD, ethanol plant from 30 to 100 KLPD, along with incineration boiler / TG & auxiliaries for achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) along with proposed cogeneration power plant of 44 MW. Existing distillery is operated on molasses. In proposed distillery expansion additional 70 KLPD distillery/ethanol plant will be alternatively operated on sugarcane juice or molasses. As per availability of feedstock operation days of proposed additional expansion of 70 KLPD will be 300 days for only molasses or molasses + sugarcane juice or only sugarcane juice.

Prior Environmental Clearance is mandated by Ministry of Environment and Forests, as vide EIA Notification SO 1533, dated September 14, 2006 and its amendments. This proposed integrated project falls under category ‘A’. For sugar expansion project Category “B” Activity - 5(j), Cogeneration Category “B”, Activity-1(d) >15 MW plants based on biomass fuel Category “B”, Activity-1(d) and Distillery expansion Category “A”, Activity-5(g) All molasses based on distillery.

1.2 Identification of project & project proponent Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. (PKDNNHKASSKL) is operating an existing sugar factory with 5000 TCD capacity (operating at average cane crushing of 4000 TCD), along with 30 KLPD ethanol plant. PKDNNHKASSKL is guiding start & moving spirit of factory. The factory has earned name & fame in India for achieving highest recovery of sugar & has won first prize continuously for highest recovery at state and national level. For avoiding

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 27

losses of recovery & to crush cane within a shortest period after harvesting cane. The karkhana has implemented new Hutatma Pattern for harvesting & transport. It also helps in producing best quality sugar which automatically fetch best & highest price in market. The factory has completed tar roads in every village of operational area. The command area is rich in sugar cane cultivation and has adequate irrigation facilities for assured annual sugarcane availability Considering the sugar cane availability in the command area PKDNNHKASSKL now proposes to expand the crushing capacity from 5000 TCD to 7500 TCD, ethanol plant from 30 to 100 KLPD, along with incineration boiler / TG & auxiliaries for achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) along with proposed cogeneration power plant of 44 MW. Environmental clearance of the existing Sugar 3500 TCD to 5000 TCD and 24 MW Cogeneration is granted on file no. J- 11011/197/2013-IA-II (I) dated 22.02.2017 and for Distillery 30 KLPD file no. J- 11011/661/2007-IA-II (I) distillery dated 17.09.2007(Initial dated) and 12.10.2015 (Extension letter) Environmental clearances letter are attached in Annexures.

1.3 EIA Consultant MITCON Consultancy and Engineering Services Ltd., (MITCON) is a rapidly growing, an ISO 9001-2015 certified Consultancy Company, promoted by ICICI, IDBI, IFCI, and State Corporations of Maharashtra and Public Commercial Banks. It was founded in 1982; with Head Office at Pune and with supporting offices spread over entire country including Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, Hyderabad, Chennai, Chandigarh, and Ahmadabad etc. With experience, expertise and track record developed over last almost three decades, MITCON provides diverse range of macro and micro consultancy services in the areas of Environment Management and Engineering (EME), Energy Efficiency, Biomass and Co-gen power, Agricultural Business and Bio-technology, Infrastructure, Market Research, Banking Finance and Securitisation, Micro Enterprise Development, IT Training and Education. EME division of MITCON serves to various sectors like – GIS & RS, solid waste, infrastructure, power, sugar, engineering, chemical, real estate etc. MITCON Consultancy and Engineering Services Ltd. is accredited from National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET), Quality Council of India for the EIA consultancy services in 16 sectors.

28 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

1.4 Brief Description of the Project 1.4.1 Nature and size of the project As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006 and its amendment thereafter, proposed integrated project comes under Cat A. For sugar expansion project Category “B” Activity - 5(j), Cogeneration Category “B”, Activity-1(d) >15 MW plants based on biomass fuel Category “B”, Activity-1(d) and Distillery expansion Category “A”, Activity-5(g) All molasses based on distillery. PKDNNHKASSKL proposes to expand the crushing capacity from 5000 TCD to 7500 TCD, ethanol plant from 30 to 100 KLPD, along with incineration boiler / TG & auxiliaries for achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) along with proposed cogeneration power plant of 44 MW.

1.5 Project Location The project site is located at village Nagnathannanagar, Taluka Walve, Dist. Sangli, Maharashtra. Site is geographically located at Latitude: 17° 1'5.22"N, Longitude 74°22'13.96"E and 564 m above MSL. The land requirement for proposed industry unit is already in possession. Proposed expansion will be within existing factory premises. There are no Tropical Forest, Biosphere Reserve, National Park, Wild Life Sanctuary and Coral Formation Reserves within 10 km Influence Zone. Krishna River is flowing at a distance of 2.2 km.

1.6 Importance to country region India is well known as the original home of sugar and sugarcane. The government of India in 1950-51 made serious industrial development plan and has set many targets for production and consumption of sugar. India is regarded second after the textile Industry in India as per the agro-processing Industry in the country. India is the largest sugar consumption and second largest producer of sugar in the world according to the USDA foreign Agricultural services. Nearly 550 million sugarcane farmers and large number of agricultural labors are involved in sugarcane cultivation and ancillary activities contributing to 7.5% of the rural population. Indian Sugar Industry generates power to its own requirement and even gets surplus power to the grid based on byproduct bagasse. There is even production of ethanol, an ecology friendly and renewable energy for blending with petrol.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 29

The policy of Central Government is to increase percentage of ethanol blending with petrol from the present 10% to 20% by the year 2017. Therefore, it is important to all distilleries in the country to increase its ethanol production to meet the demand & supply. Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. (PKDNNHKASSKL) command area is rich in sugar cane cultivation and has adequate irrigation facilities for assured annual sugarcane availability. There is reasily available infrastructure, fuel & water for renewable energy power generation project. It provides an initiative to sugar mill to concentrate more on conservation of energy & reduction of operating cost, thereby improving their profitability of operation. Project will saves the expenditure on safe storage and disposal of bagasse. It will provide benefits of quick return on biomass power capital investment and generation of additional revenue. The economic benefits available to the sugar factories from sale of exportable surplus and improvement in the operations. Entire integrated project is proposed to be set up based on the stand-alone commercial viability of each component of the project.

Applicable Environmental Acts & Rules As per the notification, proposed project falls under Activity 5 (g) cat. A (All molasses based distilleries). The following are the some other acts and rules related to environment which will be applicable for the proposed project 1. The Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 2. The Environmental (Protection) Rule, 1986 3. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and subsequent amendment 4. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977 and amendment if any 5. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and amendment thereafter 6. The Hazardous and Other Waste (management & Tran’s boundary movement) Rules, 2016 7. Explosive Act 1884 & the Explosive Rules, 2008 8. E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 9. Public Liability Insurance Act 1991 10. The Factories Act 1948

30 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Chronology of the project The chronology of the activities during initial stages of the environmental clearance work for the proposed project is given in Table 1.1. Table 1.1 : Chronology of the environmental clearance process Sr. No. Particulars Date 1. TOR Application 13.01.2018 2. Standard ToR granted 11.03.2018 3. Baseline Monitoring 1.03.2018 to 31.05.2018 4. Public consultation 12.10.2018

1.7 Objective and Scope of study The baseline studies required for EIA report has been conducted as per the standards ToR granted by letter no. No.IA-J-11011/25/2018-IA-II (I) dated 11th March 2018. Detail baseline study was undertaken during the month of 1st March to 31st May 2018. The objective of the study is to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed project, to meet the environmental compliances laid down by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEFCC), Government of India. The scope of study would be as per the EIA guidelines outlined by the MoEFCC, it will include detailed characterization of existing status of environment in an area of 10 km radial distance from the boundary of the project site for various environmental components viz., air, noise, water, soil, land, biological and socio-economic components including parameters of human interest as per the model TOR and EIA Guidance manual. The purpose of EIA study is to identify and evaluate the potential impacts of the proposed project. Environment Impact Assessment Study has been carried out considering the 10 km surroundings of the proposed project. This study will identify, evaluate and report the likely impacts on the environment and prepare an Environmental Management Plan covering the mitigation measures and Environmental Monitoring Program. The objective of this EIA study is also to collect the baseline data within the impact zone so as to identify the associated impacts and propose suitable mitigation measures due to the construction and operation of the proposed project. The objectives of the EIA study can be summarized as follows:  To identify and describe the elements of the community and environment likely to be affected by the proposed project,

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 31

 To establish the baseline environmental and social scenario of the Project surroundings,  To identify, predict and evaluate environmental and social impacts expected to arise during the construction and operation phase of the Project in relation to the sensitive receptors,  To develop mitigation measures so as to minimize pollution, environmental disturbance and nuisance during construction and operation of the proposed project,  To design and specify the monitoring and auditing requirements necessary to ensure the implementation and the effectiveness of the mitigation measures adopted. 1.7.1 The steps of EIA  Collection of baseline data on water, air, noise, biological & socio-economic status, existing roads and railway lines, water bodies and ecological sensitive areas in the project region.  Identification of potential impacts on various environmental components due to activities envisaged during preconstruction, construction, and operational phases of the proposed developments.  Prediction and evaluation of significant impacts on the major environmental components.  Preparation of environmental impact assessment statement based on identification, prediction, and evaluation of impacts.  De-lineation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining preventive and control strategies for minimizing adverse environmental impacts. With above view to assess the environmental impacts arising due to proposed project, the project proponent appointed MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd, Pune to undertake Environmental Impact Assessment and prepare a detailed environmental management plan to mitigate the adverse impacts. The baseline data collected in pre monsoon season for air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic environment and presented in this report.

32 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Draft EIA report has been prepared in accordance with the Standard TOR issued and as per the generic structure of the EIA mentioned in EIA notification dated 14th September 2006 and its subsequent amendments. The structure of EIA is given in,

Table 1.2 : EIA Structure

Chapter No. Chapters Name I Introduction II Project Description III Description of the Environment IV Anticipated Environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures V Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) VI Environmental Monitoring Program VII Additional Studies VIII Project Benefits IX Environmental Cost – Benefit Analysis X Environmental Management Plan (EMP) XI Summary & Conclusion XII Disclosure of Consultant engaged

Detailed scope of studies is given below. Executive summary: Brief of summary of EIA Chapter I: Introduction This chapter furnishes the purpose of the report, brief information of the project and project proponent, nature, size and location of project, objectives of the project, estimated project cost, scope, and organization of the study. The key environmental legislation and the standards relevant to the project Chapter II: Project Description Project description chapter deals with the need of the project, location, environmental setting of the project, details of project, other technical and design details and sources of pollution from the proposed activity and measures proposed to control pollution. Chapter III: Description of the Environment This chapter illustrates the description of existing environmental status of the study area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. Primary data collection& findings of field studies will be undertaken to establish the environmental baseline conditions.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 33

Chapter IV: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures This chapter deals with the prediction and evaluation of the overall impacts of the proposed project activities which need mitigation measures. The impacts resulting from the various activities during construction and operation phase of the proposed project. The environmental impact assessment of the proposed project is during various phases of project advancement, such as design, location of project, construction, & regular operations. Chapter V: Analysis of Alternatives Chapter provides the information on various alternatives for the site and technology. Chapter VI: Environmental Monitoring Program Present chapter delivers environment monitoring program, its frequency, parameters, and methodology for air, water, noise, and solid hazardous waste/ soil environment. Chapter VII: Additional Studies Additional studies like review of social impact and public consultation were undertaken. Major portion is dedicated to the study of hazard identification and risk assessment. Chapter VIII: Project Benefits Project benefit chapter furnishes the benefits of the project towards the society. Chapter IX: Environment Cost Benefit Analysis This chapter provides information about benefits of the proposed project to the environment. Chapter X: Environment Management Plan This chapter provides recommendations/ Environment Management Plan (EMP) including mitigation measures for minimizing the negative environmental impacts of the project. Chapter XI: Summary and conclusion This chapter executes summary of whole EIA report which includes project description in brief, environmental setting in 10 km radius, impact identification and mitigation measures, and environmental management plan. Chapter XII: Disclosure of consultants engaged This chapter provides brief introduction of the consultancy organization involved in EIA report and information of various experts involved in preparation of the present EIA/EMP report is given.

34 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

CHAPTER II PROJECT DESCRIPTION

This chapter provides complete description of the project, its need, location, size/magnitude, technology & process, operating conditions and implementation schedule. Moreover, it analyses environmental pollution load due to proposed project.

2.1 Type of Project Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. (PKDNNHKASSKL) is operating an existing sugar factory with 5000 TCD capacity (operating at average cane crushing of 4000 TCD), along with 30 KLPD ethanol plant. PKDNNHKASSKL now proposes to expand the crushing capacity from 5000 TCD to 7500 TCD, ethanol plant from 30 to 100 KLPD, along with incineration boiler/TG & auxiliaries for achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) along with proposed cogeneration power plant of 44 MW. Environmental clearance of the existing Sugar 3500 TCD to 5000 TCD and 24 MW Cogeneration is granted on file no. J-11011/197/2013-IA-II (I) dated 22.02.2017 and for Distillery 30 KLPD file no. J- 11011/661/2007-IA-II (I) distillery dated 17.09.2007(Initial dated) and 12.10.2015 (Extension letter) Environmental clearances letter are attached in Annexures.

Existing distillery is operated on molasses. In proposed distillery expansion additional 70 KLPD distillery/ethanol plant will be alternatively operated on sugarcane juice or molasses. As per availability of feedstock operation days of proposed additional expansion of 70 KLPD will be 300 days for only molasses or molasses + sugarcane juice or only sugarcane juice.

As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006 and its amendment thereafter, proposed integrated project comes under Cat A. For sugar expansion project Category “B” Activity - 5(j), Cogeneration Category “B”, Activity-1(d) >15 MW plants based on biomass fuel Category “B”, Activity-1(d) and Distillery expansion Category “A”, Activity-5(g) All molasses based on distillery. 0 TCD cane crushing capacity)

2.2 Need of the project The promoters and farmers in the command area, having experience in sugar industry and sugarcane cultivation, were able to foresee the cane potential in the command area & opportunity to utilize surplus cane available. The current policies in Maharashtra and in India

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 35

are conducive and backed by favorable regulatory framework for generation of eco-friendly power & ethanol, as well as regarding support for private investment in such integrated projects.

2.3 Project Location The project site is located at Sr. No. 149/1B+1B+1C+1D, 166, 169/9, 177/6A, 870/1, 177/6B, 182,442/2A, 442/2A/2, 452/1/A, 452/2/A, 452/3/A, 453/2, 454/1, 456, 457/1, 457/2A+2B, 457/3, 458/1 to 458/3, 459, 460, 461/1/2/A/1, 461/2/B/1, 481/1, 481/2, 577/1, 489/1A/1, 489/1A/2, 489/1B, 841/2B/2/1, 1009/1 to 1009/394, 1012/1 to 1012/5B, Walwe village Nagnathannanagar, Taluka Walve, Dist. Sangli, Maharashtra. Site is geographically located at Latitude: 17° 1'5.22"N, Longitude 74°22'13.96"E and 564 m above MSL. The land requirement for proposed industry unit is already in possession. Proposed expansion will be within existing factory premises. Project site is connected to Sangli-Walwa Road adjacent to the factory, Walwa-Tasgaon Road 0.8 km in NE and NH4 (Mumbai - Pune - Kolhapur – Goa) is 12 m in SW. Nearest town Islampur is 12 km away and Sangli 27 km. There are no Tropical Forest, Biosphere Reserve, National Park, Wild Life Sanctuary, and Coral Formation Reserves within 10 km Influence Zone. Krishna River is flowing at a distance of 2.2 km in NE.

Figure 2.1: General Location Map

36 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Figure 2.2: Google Image

A 17° 1'19.97"N, 74°22'11.87"E B 17° 1'18.77"N, 74°22'18.12"E C 17° 1'12.13"N, 74°22'17.91"E D 17° 1'13.09"N, 74°22'23.48"E E 17° 1'6.39"N, 74°22'24.07"E F 17° 1'6.15"N, 74°22'20.95"E G 17° 0'58.80"N, 74°22'21.09"E H 17° 0'58.59"N, 74°22'18.13"E I 17° 0'56.28"N, 74°22'18.26"E J 17° 0'56.40"N, 74°22'15.21"E K 17° 0'58.21"N, 74°22'15.13"E L 17° 0'58.42"N, 74°22'7.06"E M 17° 1'13.74"N, 74°22'8.84"E

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 37

Figure 2.3: Plant Layout

38 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Figure 2.4: Existing factory photographs

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 39

Figure 2.5: Photographs of existing environmental infrastructure of factory

40 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

2.4 Land Details The total area available with the factory is 65.0 acres out of that 21 aces is existing green belt development. Detailed area breakup is given below: Table 2.1 : Land Bifurcation Sr. No. Particulates Area in sq.m. Area (acres ) 1. Total area available 263575 65.00 2. Main Sugar factory area 9,328 2.30 3. Storage of Bagasse 9,360 2.31 4. Sugar Godown 9,850 2.43 5. Parking area 23,000 5.67 6. Residential Colony 8,760 2.16 7. ETP 5,475 1.35 8. Internal roads 11000 2.71 9. Existing Distillery area 12,000 2.96 10. Proposed Distillery area 12140 2.99 11. Proposed area for sugar expansion 35000 8.63 12. Proposed Cogeneration area 27000 6.67 13. Vacant land 11162 2.75 14. Existing Green belt 84000 20.71 15. Proposed Green belt 5500 1.36 Total 263575 65.00

2.5 Size and Magnitude of the Operation The brief information of proposed expansion of integrated project details of sugar, Distillery and cogeneration are given in Table 2.2. Table 2.2 : Salient features of integrated project

# Particulate Description 1. Project Integrated Sugar Plant Expansion (5000 to 7500 TCD), Ethanol Plant Expansion (30 to 100 KLPD) With Incineration Boiler / TG / Auxiliaries For ZLD & Cogeneration Power Plant (24 to 44 MW) Project 2. Available land Total plot area : 64 acres Green belt area: 20.7 acres Proposed Greenbelt: 1.36 3. Product Sugar Crushing capacity existing: 5000 TCD, Proposed: 7500 TCD Sugar production existing : 19500 MTM Proposed: 29250 MTM Cogeneration: Existing power generation 4.5 MW, Proposed 44 MW (Existing TG will be demolished) Distillery: ENA/RS/AA/Ethanol of 100 KLPD (One at a time) 4. By products Existing 500 TCD Proposed (7500 TCD) Sugar (TPD) (13% 650 975

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 41

on cane) Bagasse (TPD) 1400 2100 Press mud (TPD) 200 300 Molasses( TPD) 48000 72000 5. Operation days Sugar factory season: 160 day Cogeneration : 193 (Seasonal operational days 160 and off season operational days 33) Distillery: Total 300 days molasses Operation days of proposed additional expansion of 70 KLPD will be 300 days. Based on the availability of feedstock it will be operated for only molasses or molasses + sugarcane juice or only sugarcane juice. 6. Sugarcane Existing: 5000 TCD required Proposed :7500 TCD 7. Molasses Existing required for 36000 T for 30 KLPD requirement Proposed required for 120000 TPA for 100 KLPD (Molasses available with Factory is 54000 TPA remaining 66000 TPA molasses will be procured from the nearby factory). Molasses supply assurance letter is available with factory 8. Sugarcane juice 1500 MTD 9. Water Sugar and cogeneration requirement  Existing sugar 360 CMD  Proposed 150 CMD Distillery Existing 200 CMD Proposed 590 CMD 10. Source of water Water permission is available from Executive Engineer, Sangli Irrigation department. 11. Boiler Exiting sugar boiler: 50 TPHX1 and 28 TPHX 2 (Existing boiler shall be demolished) Proposed Sugar Boiler: 220 TPH (New incineration boiler for distillery 40 TPH 12. TG Exiting TG : 4.5 MW (It will be demolished) Proposed TG: 44 MW, Proposed distillery incineration boiler 4 MW TG 13. DG 1 No. D.G. Set Of 1000 KVA Exist. & 2 Nos. Set Of 1000 KVA Prop. 14. Electricity Particulates Existing Proposed requirement Electricity generation 4.5 MW 44 MW Electricity consumption 4.5 MW 9.3 MW Electricity Export 00 MW 34.7 MW 15. Fuel- Bagasse Particulates Existing Proposed Bagasse production (27.5% on cane TPD) 1375 2062 Required for boiler 1150 1684 Bagasse save 56.25 84.38 16. Fuel Biogas 14000 CMD 586 m3/hr

42 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

17. Fuel Coal For incineration boiler 20% of total fuel 384 MT / DAY 18. Steam Existing steam generation 100 TPH Steam Generation from proposed boiler220 TPH boiler is 200 TPH 19. Total effluent Existing from sugar unit: 459 CMD generation Proposed from Sugar unit: 799.46 CMD Existing Distillery effluent generation: spent wash 240 CMD, spent lees 53 CMD, process condensate 186 CMD Proposed 100 KLPD distillery effluent: Spent wash 600 CMD, spent lees 253 CMD , Process condensate 430 CMD 20. Effluent treatment Existing 500 CMD ETP from sugar unit system For proposed expansion ETP capacity will be upgraded to 800 CMD. Treated water is recycled/reused in green belt development and ferti- irrigation. Total Spent wash generation will be 600 CMD. For existing unit spent wash is treated trough Biogas unit followed by Multi effect evaporator (MEE) followed by Bio composting. For Proposed 70 KLPD expansion spent wash will be treated through generated spent wash will be concentrated in MEE and then burn in proposed 40 TPH spent wash fired boiler. 21. Ash Sugar  Existing bagasse ash generation: 25 TPD  Proposed bagasse ash generation: 42 TPD Distillery  Coal ash from proposed distillery: 134.4 TPD  Spent wash ash from proposed distillery: 22-23 TPD Bagasse and spent wash ash collected from the furnace bottom hoppers and high potash content in the bagasse ash will be used as manure. Coal ash will be sold to the brick manufacturer. 22. ETP sludge The sludge from primary clarifies, settling tank and secondary clarifier will be sent to sludge drying beds. Sludge will be dried in natural heat of sunlight. The dried cakes will be scrapped off periodically and can be utilized for as manure. 23. Air pollution Proposed: Electrostatic precipitator control measures Existing: Wet scrubber (It will be demolished and new ESP will be installed) Proposed Stack height: 72 m Existing stack height: 30 m and 40 m will be demolished and new stack of 72 m will be installed. 24. Man-power Existing manpower sugar 80 skilled and unskilled 400 For proposed expansion & Cogeneration Skilled 40 and unskilled 100 Existing Distillery skilled 10 & Unskilled 25 Proposed expansion of distillery skilled 15 & unskilled 75 25. Total project cost Sugar expansion: Rs. 20722 Lakhs Cogeneration: Rs.22101 Lakhs Project cost of the distillery: Rs. 14615 Lakhs

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 43

Total: Rs. 57438 Lakhs 26. EMP capital cost Total 10.5 cr. Environment Sensitivity 27. Nearest Village Walwe at 500 m 28. Nearest Town / City Islampur is 12 km away and Sangli 27 km. 29. Nearest National NH4 (Mumbai - Pune - Kolhapur – Goa) is 12 m in SW. Highway 30. Nearest Railway Kirloskarvadi railway station 8.82 km in NE, station Sangli Railway station 26.67 km in SE 31. Nearest Airport Kolhapur airport (IXU) 42 km Pune international airport 178 km 32. National Parks, No any in within 10 km of project area Reserved Forests Chandoli National Park 55 km (RF) / Protected Radhanagari wildlife sanctuary 79 km Forests (PF), Wildlife Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Tiger/ Elephant Reserves, Wildlife Corridors etc. within 10 km radius 33. River / Water Body Krishna river : 2.2 km in West (within 10 km radius)

2.5.1 Technical details of Sugar Factory Table 2.3 : Design and operational details of sugar factory Sr. No. Design Parameters Specification Existing Proposed 1. Crushing capacity TPD 5000 7500 2. Number of crushing days/year (expected) 160 160 3. Cane crushing per year (expected), T/year 800000 1200000 4. Boiler used One No. One No. 5. Steam generation from boiler, TPH 100 200 6. Steam to fuel ratio, kg/kg, Steam/Bagasse or 2.1 2.85 Steam/Agro waste bio-mass 7. Steam (utilization) to turbine, TPH 90 200 8. Power generation capacity (EC for 24 MW however 4.5 44 installation done 4.5 MW) 9. Power consumption, MW 4 40 10. For sugar plant 3.5 7.5 11. Power plant auxiliaries, lighting 0.5 3.6 12. Power export 0 28.90 13. Back pressure steam to HP heaters & sugar plant 11 & 85 18/120 14. Condensing steam TPH 14 22

44 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Sr. No. Design Parameters Specification Existing Proposed 15. Bagasse (at 27.5 % in cane) generation TPD 1375 2062.5 16. Final disposal of treated effluent For irrigation & Agri. purpose 17. Ash generation from existing plant TPD 25 42 18. Final disposal of Ash To Brick manufacture

Table 2.4 :Bagasse balance Sr. No. Particulates Existing Proposed Total 1. Bagasse Generation (TPD) (at 27.5 % in cane) 1375 2062.5 2. Bagasse available for the steam generation 26.5 % cane 1325 1987.5 3. Thermal efficiency of the boiler 62 % 70 % 4. Temperature of boiler feed water after de-aerator - 110 5. Temperature of boiler feed water after HP-II heater - 210 6. Steam to bagasse ratio 2.10 2.85 7. Total bagasse required as fuel for boiler 1150 1684.32 8. Saved bagasse 175 303.18 9. Saved bagasse during season 28000 48509 10. The proposed new boiler of 220 TPH plant is based on back pressure and TEC (44 TPH) type route.

Table 2.5 : Steam balance for proposed 220 TPH boiler Sr. No. Particulates Values 1. Boiler 220 TPH 2. Steam generation (TPH) 200 3. Steam consumption(TPH) 200 4. HP steam @ for SJAE & GSC 1 5. HP heater I 20 6. MP steam @ 8 kg/cm2 7. HP heater II 20 8. LP steam @ 2.5 kg/cm2 9. Sugar process 129.55 10. De-aerator 10 11. D/s water addition 2.79 12. Condensing steam 22.25 13. Total 200 14. Incineration boiler capacity 40 TPH Steam consumption to existing MEE 3.5 TPH Steam consumption to proposed MEE 11.5 Steam consumption to existing distillery 4.0 Steam consumption to proposed distillery 10.0

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 45

Table 2.6 : Power Balance Power Balance T.G set 4.5 MW (3.0 +1.5) 44 MW Power Generation from TG set 4.0 MW 40 MW Captive Power Consumption (Season : Sugar+ Cogeneration) Existing Proposed For sugar plant 4.0 7.5 Power plant auxiliaries, lighting 0.5 3.6 Power export 0 28.90 Captive Power Consumption (Offseason : Cogeneration) Power Generation 44.00 For sugar plant 00.10 Power plant auxiliaries, lighting 04.28 Power export 39.72

2.5.2 Technical details of Distillery Table 2.7 : Design and Operational parameters of distillery Sr. No. Description Existing Proposed 1. Sugar factory crushing capacity (TCD) 5000 7500 2. Cane crushing (TCH) 227.27 340.91 3. No. of hrs. per day 22 22 4. No. of season days, sugar factory 160 160 5. Cane crushing (MT) @ 160 day 800000 126000 6. Molasses % cane 4 4.50 Molasses available after diverting B-Heavy molasses @ 160 7. 40000 60000 day (MT) 8. Molasses available per day @160 days (MTD) 200 300 9. Distillery capacity (KLPD) 30 100 10. No. of days of operation of distillery 270 300 11. Molasses required for distillery MT per annum 36000 120000 12. Molasses required for distillery MT per day 120 400 13. Own molasses available 32000 54000 14. Procured molasses NIL 66000 15. Ethanol recovery for one liters / MT of final molasses 230 250 16. Fermentable Sugar 42 44 17. Sugarcane Juice _ 1500 MTD 18. Spent-wash generation per CMD of RS (designed capacity) 300 1000 19. Concentered spent-wash generation per 1000 L of RS 1.8 1.75 20. Total conc. spent wash generation (CMD) 54 174.55 21. Total spent wash generation per annum (CM) 14580 52365

46 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

2.6 Resource Requirement 2.6.1 Raw material Raw material required for existing and proposed integrated expansion is given below Table 2.8 : Raw Material details Sr. Raw material Existing Proposed Storage Source Mode of No. Transport 1. Sugarcane (TPD) 5000 7500 Cane yard Nearby Market Trucks, tractor 2. Sugarcane juice - 1500 MTD - - - 3. Molasses (TPD) 120 400 Steel Tank Own Factory Thr. pipeline 4. Coal(TPH) Nil 16.00 Nearby Market Truck 5. Lime (TPD) 8.00 12.00 Godown -do- -do- 6. Sulphur(TPD) 2.5 3.75 Godown -do- -do- 7. Hydrochloric 15.00 30.00 Carboys -do- -do- acid kg/day 8. Sodium chloride - - - -do- -do- 9. Phosphoric acid 50 80 carboys -do- -do- kg/d 10. Lubricant Oil L/d 150 225 drums -do- -do-

Table 2.9 : Storage tank details Sr.No. Material Storage capacity 1. Water 4000 CMD 2. Molasses Storage tanks (3 No.) of – 4500 X 2 and 4975 X1 Total 13975 MT MT Capacities Proposed one MS tank of 10000 MTX 1 3. Bagasse Existing 5 acres For proposed expansion 10 acres 4. Press mud Press mud on Bio-composting yard 5.5 acres 5. Proposed Coal Shed of area 20 X 25 m 6. Ash 50 T silo (2 days) Exiting ash pits Ash handling system shall be provided 7. Spent wash Existing one storage lagoon 5 day storage and one for 30 days storage storage lagoon 8. Alcohol Existing 4200000 Lit Proposed for 70 TPD 4800000 Lit Ethanol 600000X2 Ethanol 600000 X3 RS 6,00,000 X 3 RS 6,00,000 X 3 ENA 6,00,000 X 2 ENA 6,00,000 X 2 9. Other raw 20 x 25 m. Shade proposed area material storage

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 47

2.6.2 Fuel requirement Bagasse and Biogas will be used for 220 TPH cogeneration boiler. Indian coal and concentrated spent wash will be used as spent wash fired boiler of capacity 40TPH. HSD diesel will be used in D.G sets (1010 kVA X 2 Nos.) in case of power shut down or emergency. Fuel consumption details are given in below in Table 2.10 Table 2.10 : Fuel consumption Sr. Fuel Sugar Distillery No Existing Proposed Existing Proposed 1. Baga sse (Season) TPH 1150 1684.32 - 2. Off season - - - - 3. Concentrated spent - - - 7.27 wash (TPH) 4. Indian Coal TPH - - - 16 5. HSD per annum KL 8.0 16.00 2.0 4.0 6. Bagasse GCV 2270 kcal/ Kg. 2270 kcal/ Kg. - - 7. Spent wash - - 1917 1917 concentrate, GCV kcal/kg kcal/kg 8. Coal GCV - - 4500 4500 kcal/kg kcal/kg

2.6.3 Manpower requirement During construction phase 50-80 skilled and un-skilled labors will be required. Local labors will be engaged during construction phase. During operation phase around 100-120 skilled and unskilled employees will be needed. Skilled worker like distillery Manager, Process Engineers, Supervisor, and Operators will be required. The plant operation team will work in three shifts per day. Each shift will be controlled by a shift charge engineer. The shift charge engineer will be located at the control room and will be in full charge of the plant operation during the shift. Since the cogeneration plant is integral with the sugar plant, the Engineers, Supervisors, Technicians, Mechanics, and floor workers will look after O &M of cogeneration and sugar plant. 2.6.4 Water requirement The total fresh requirement for the expansion project of Sugar and Cogeneration is 460 KL/Day (i.e. Industrial use – 360 KLPD and Domestic -100 KLPD) and will be drawn from Krishna River. The total maximum fresh water requirement for existing 30 KLPD distillery is 200 CMD & Water requirement for proposed distillery 70 KLPD distillery is 590 CMD. Water

48 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Balance is given in Table 2.10, 2.11 & Figure 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, and 2.9. Excess condensate and cooling water are recycled as fresh water for process. The water permission is already available from Irrigation department.

Table 2.11 : Water requirement for integrated project Description Distillery Sugar and Cogeneration Existing Proposed Total Existing Proposed Total 30 KLPD 70 KLPD 5000 TCD 7500 TCD and 44 MW Startup water (CMD) 439 981 1420 3016 1418 4434 Recycle water (CMD) 239 391 630 2856 1403 4259 Fresh water requirement 200 590 790 160 140 300 cum/day (CMD)

Table 2.12 : Effluent generation from sugar and cogeneration unit Effluent Source Existing Proposed Total 5000 TCD 2500 TCD 7500 TCD Spray pond overflow 300 150 450 Boiler Blow Down 60.00 84 144.0 Cooling bow down 13.0 7.46 20.46 From machinery & factory floor cleaning 45.00 45 90 From domestic water 40.0 40 80 From D.M. water 8 7 15 Total 466 333.46 799.46

Table 2.13 : Effluent generation from distillery Unit Effluent Source Existing 30 KLPD Proposed Total 100 KLPD Process condensate 186 244 430 Spent less 53 147 200 Spent wash 240 360 600

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 49

Raw water 210 Cane Crushing - 5000 MT/day

D.M. Plant 160 Water in cane 3500 Domestic 50 Fiber Brix (sugar, Non CMD (70% of water) 674.00 sugar)-850 Boiler 152 CMD 8 To ETP Addition of 508 Boiler 60 CMD in process

3908.00 Water used & losses in sugar manufacturing process

Sugar Bagasse Filter cake F.M. Cleaning Process Boiler Vent Leakage Excess Condenser (Evap +Pan) 0.200 T 698 T 120 T 20 T 50 508 216.0 100. 146.00 Condensate 750 1300 0 0 00 Evaporation loss, Spray Pond Make up 68.00

Cooled Condensate 682.00 Evaporation Overflow loss 1000 300 to ETP

Cogeneration cooling Used as makeup for tower 341.0 cooling 341.0

Figure 2.6: Estimated water balance for existing 5000 TCD

50 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Cane Crushing - 7500 MT/day

Water in cane Fiber Brix (sugar, Non 5250.00 1011.00 sugar)-1275.00 (70% of water) Addition of 737 in process 5862.00 water used & losses in sugar manufacturing process

Sugar Bagasse Filter cake F.M. Cleaning Process Boiler Vent Leakage Excess Condensate Condenser 1047 180 0.300 T 30 T 100 737 324 150T 218.7 T 1125 T (Evap.+Pan) 1950.0T 0

Evaporation loss make Spray Pond up 102. T

Cooled Condensate 1023.0T Evaporation Overflow loss 1500 T 450 T to ETP

Cogeneration cooling Used as makeup for cooling tower 510 T 513 T Figure 2.7: Estimated water balance for existing 7500 TCD

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 51

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 90 CMD 40 CMD Fresh Water Molasses Fermentation makeups

Dilution 124 CMD DM water 60 Distillation 53 CMD Spent Less CMD Cooling tower

85 CMD

240 CMD of Spent 31 CMD wash / day @ 17% solids 186 CMD Biogas 14000 CMD Process condensate 68 CMD 60% TS 10 CMD

Feed Water 155 CMD

MEE Fermentation

54 to bio-composting Biocomposting Figure 2.8: Water balance for existing 30 KLPD Distillery

300 CMD Fermentation Molasses Dilution 260 CMD Fresh Water makeup

DM water Distillation 200 CMD 380 CMD 200 CMD Spent Less (260+ 120)

Cooling tower

600 CMD of Spent wash / day @ 17% solids 120 CMD

CPU Unit of 630 510CMD CMD Fermentation Multi Effect Evaporator 174.55 CMD 60% TS

30 CMD

Feed Water 430 CMD Process condensate 174.55 CMD Spent wash fired Boiler

Figure 2.9: Water balance for existing 100 KLPD Distillery

52 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

2.6.5 Utilities details

Table 2.14 : Boiler details Sr. Particulate Sugar/ Cogeneration Distillery No. Existing Proposed Existing Proposed 1. Boiler Capacity (TPH) 50X1, 28X2 220 - 40 2. Type of boiler Water tube Water tube boiler Water tube Water boiler boiler tube boiler 3. TG capacity (MW) 4.5 44 - 4.0 4. TG type Back Pressure TECT - TECT 5. Super heater outlet 21 kg/cm2 110 kg/cm2 - 45 kg/cm2 pressure kg/cm2 (g) 6. Super heater outlet 3800C(steam 5400C(steam - 400 ± 5 °C Temperature0C temperature) temperature) 7. Boiler thermal 62.00 % (on 72.0% - 72 efficiency G.C.V.) (On G.C.V.)

Table 2.15 : Incineration boiler details Sr. No. Description Unit Quantities 1. Spent Wash Concentration % Solids 60 2. Spent Wash Quantity TPD 174.44 3. GCV of Spent Wash for Given Concentration kcal/Kg 1917 4. Approximate Quantity of Support Coal kg/hr 3200 Required 5. GCV Of Coal kcal/Kg 4500 6. Maximum Ash Content in Indian Coal % w/w 20 7. Gross Steam Generation @ MSSV Outlet kg/hr 35000 8. Pressure at MSSV Outlet kg/cm2 (g) 45.0 9. Temperature at MSSV Outlet 0C 460 10. Steam Required for De-aeration @ 4 Kg/cm2(g) 2000 11. Ambient temperature for Design 0C 40 12. Ambient temperature for Performance 0C 40 Analysis 13. Ambient temperature for Electrical Design 0C 45 14. Relative Humidity for Performance % 60

Table 2.16 : Turbo alternator data Sr. NO. Description T.G. set-4 MW T.G. set-2: 44 MW 1. Type Back pressure TECT 2. Power (KW) 4500 44000 3. Steam pressure (ata.) 21 110 4. Exhaust pressure (ata) 0.9 1.5 5. Inlet Steam temp. (oC) 340 540

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 53

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 6. Alternator 4500 44000 7. Voltage KV 420 V 11 KV 8. System frequency 50 50

Table 2.17 : Cooling Tower

Sr. No. Description Existing Proposed Cooling tower for fermentation 1. Number 1 1 2. Capacity 360 CMH 800CMH 3. Inlet temperature 42 0C 42 0C 4. Outlet temperature 32 0C 320C 5. Type Induced Draft Double Induced Draft Double MOC Entry Cross Flow Entry Cross Flow Wooden Wooden Cooling tower for distillation 6. Number 1 1 7. Capacity 325 CMH 750 CMH 8. Inlet temperature 42 0C 42 0C 9. Outlet temperature 32 0C 320C 10. Type Induced Draft Double Induced Draft Double MOC Entry Cross Flow Entry Cross Flow Wooden Wooden Cooling tower for Evaporation section 11. Number 1 1 12. Capacity 290 CMH 700 CMH 13. Inlet temperature 42 0C 42 0C 14. Outlet temperature 32 0C 320C 15. Type Induced Draft Double Induced Draft Double MOC Entry Cross Flow Entry Cross Flow Wooden Wooden

2.7 Technology and process description 2.7.1 Sugar (White sugar) manufacturing Cane Weighing Cane is weighed on automatic weighing scales at the factory gate. Net weight of cane is determined by subtracting tare weight of the vehicle from its gross weight. Unloading Cane is unloaded by means of mechanical un loaders in the carrier and passed through leveller and fibrizor and prepared cane is subjected for milling. Milling The prepared cane is subjected for extraction of the juice in milling System for successive compressing followed by imbibitions. The extracted juice is weighed automatically and subjected for sugar.

54 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Manufacturing By product of milling system which is known as bagasse is passed for Process boiler as a fuel for generation of steam. Steam is used for running the prime movers and turbo generations for power production. The exhaust generated from prime movers is utilized for heating of the juice massecuite. Clarification The weighed juice is heated and subjected to automatic liming and Sulphitation process where the pH of the juice is kept neutral. This sulphated juice is heated and settled in clarifier. The super ant liquid is taken for evaporation where it is concentrated up to 600 BX and passed for crystallization in the vacuum pans. Crystallization The concentrated syrup is again sulphated and used as a pan boiling system. The three massecuite boiling system is adopted for production of white sugar the process is given below: A Masssecuite Syrup 600 BX and 85% purity excess melt is boiled under vacuum or boiling Crystallization after adequate exhaustion and attending proper growth of BX and purity above 89% the crystal l-e massecuite dropped in the crystallization where atmospheric cooling is affected and same is taken for centrifugation where in crystallization are separated from its mother liquor under centrifugal force in the centrifugal machine. The mother Liquor is known as a heavy and a light molasses which is send back for process. The crystals are dried and cooled on hopper and carried for graduation. B Massecute A heavy molasses is used to develop to cooling and material for B massecuite id developed on a heavy molasses + B light molasses. It is exhausted to the optimum condition and sufficiently brought together to have a BX of 94 and purity 75%. It is dropped to crystallizer for achieving the further exhaustion the same is taken for curing in the continuous machines where a sugar and its mother liquor is known as B heavy molasses which is send back for process. The B sugar is taken as a speed for a Massecuite boiling and excess is melted. C Massecute The graining is made in the C light and B heavy keeping 62 Purity and BX 70. After establishing grain it is subject for hardening and its further developments. One part of the grain is kept footing material of “c” massecute and two parts are stored in vacuum crystallizer. The footing is developed on B heavy molasses. The mother liquor is completely exhausted followed successive drink of molasses after achieving proper exhaustion l-e 100-102 BX and purity 56 to 58. The same cured is continuous to centrifugal machines where crystals are separated from its mother liquor and liquor is known as final molasses which is weighed automatically and sent for storage in steel tank. The C fore worker sugar is mixed with water known as C fore magma and sent for further curing. The double cured sugar is maintained and used for developing C mesquite. The separated crystals are then graded according to their size as “A” sugar “B” sugar and “C” sugar. Packaging Separated crystals are packaged in the gunny bags and stitched and

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 55

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report are send to the go down

Figure 2.10: Sugar manufacturing process

56 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

2.7.2 Power generation process Process The whole process comprises of generating heat energy in the boiler and then converting heat energy generated in the boiler in to mechanical energy generated in the turbine and further converting this mechanical energy generated in the turbine in to electrical energy in the alternator. The Bagasse will be fed in to the boiler and this fuel is burnt in the boiler. The combustion of fuel generates the heat energy in the boiler. This heat energy is transferred to heat transfer area provided in different areas like (bed coils, water wall, Steam Drawn/mud drum, bank tubes, economizer, super heater, air preheated). This heat will be transferred to the water which will pass through and steam is generated and this steam will be further super-heated so that dry super-heated stem will be generated. The process of conversion of water into stem is as follows: Water at ambient temperature will fed in to the deaerator and during this process water temperature rises to 2200C. This water will be further fed in to economizer and the water temperature rises at 290oC. This water/steam then enter the boiler and the steam is generated. This steam is fed into the turbine and this steam expands in the turbine and generates mechanical energy i.e. it starts rotating the Rotor at high speed and further this mechanical energy is converted into electrical energy in the alternator. The feed water from the de-aerator is pumped to the steam drum through economizer by means of feed water pump (two nos. out of which normally one is working and the one working and the one will be stand by). The feed water gets preheated in the economizer, by way of recovery of heat from flue gases, before it enters the steam drum, where it mixes with boiler water. A minimum recirculation flow line is provided in the feed water line to pump the water back to de-aerator and safeguard the pump from overheating in very low or no flow (to boiler) condition. Boiler The boiler water circulation system consists of three sections in bed tubes, boiler Water bank tubes and water wall tubes. The boiler bank tubes have a self-adjusting Circulation circulation pattern, with a few tubes connected to the water space, serving as System down comer tubes and remaining serving as riser tubes. A portion of the water circulated is evaporated and steam water mixture rises up into the steam drum where steam is separated from water. Dry steam leaves the steam drum, while the separated water mixes with the incoming feed water for further circulation. The in bed/water wall tubes receive water from water drum though down comer/connecting pipes. The steam water mixture, rising through water wall tubes enters the steam drum and dry saturated steam leaves the drum. Super The saturated steam from the steam drum enters the super heater. This is located Heater at the outlet of the furnace and is of pendent type, arranged for counter flow

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 57

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report System configuration. The heat from the flue gas is transferred to the steam and the super heater is suitably sized to achieve the rated steam temperature. The inter stage attempter provided enables to maintain the super heat steam temperature within allowable limits. The super-heated steam flows through the main steam piping to the end use equipment. The main steam stop value isolates the boiler from the process/turbine, as the case may be. Boiler start up vent and super heater safety value are located in this line. Firing Initially during the startup oil is used to light up the fuel. Once the fuel gets burnt System the primary air is fed into the combustion chambers to make it a fluidized bed thereafter the fuel is fuel is fed into the boilers though simple arrangement of rotary feed drains, drag link chain conveyer. The fuel enters the combustor is arrested by air. The fuel and the cold fly ash re-circulated to the fluidized bed is well mixed with hot bed material resulting in a uniform temperature distribution in the bed. Combustion takes place within air optimum temperature of 800 OC to 950 OC. Flue gas Flue gases leaving the combustor, transfer heat by radiation to the water wall System tubes. The gases then transfer heat by non-luminor radiation and convection to the super heater and boiler bank tubes. The flue gases leaving the boiler bank passes through the economizer and air pre-heater. Gases leaving the air preheater flow through the ESP system equipment. The fly ash from the fluidized bed, ESP is conveyed pneumatically to the main ash side keeping the plant clean of ash. The rotary air lock valves provided below discharge of the ash. The ID fan provided after the dust collection equipment

58 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Figure 2.11: Cogeneration process schematic 2.7.3 Distillery Process Existing distillery is operated on molasses. In proposed distillery expansion additional 70 KLPD distillery/ethanol plant will be alternatively operated on sugarcane juice or molasses. As per availability of feedstock operation days of proposed additional expansion of 70 KLPD will be 300 days for only molasses or molasses + sugarcane juice or only sugarcane juice

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 59

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report A. Molasses based Distillery/Ethanol plant

Alcohol will be manufactured by continuous fermentation of molasses The main steps in this operation are as follow:  Feed preparation and weighing  Dilution: Preparation of molasses for fermentation by appropriate dilution with water  Fermentation: Production of alcohol from fermentable sugars in molasses solution with the help of yeast  Distillation: Product recovery through distillation processes Feed preparation Molasses stored in a storage tank is first weighed in a tank with load cells and weighing so that accurate quantity can be fed to the fermentation section. The weighed molasses then transferred from tank to the dilutor in fermentation section where it is diluted with water and fed to the Fermenter. Dilution The molasses contains about 42-45% sugar. The main dilution operation occurs in a diluter where the solid concentration is brought down to 20- 25° Brix. The bulk of this diluted molasses is fed to the fermentation Tank while a small quantity is further diluted to 10-15° Brix and used for preparation of the final yeast inoculum. Additives like urea and defoaming oil are also introduced in the fermenter as required. Propagation of yeast for the final inoculation is done in successive stages in volumes of 10, 100, 1000 and 10,000 liters where, in each stage, 10 parts of diluted molasses is inoculated with 1 part of yeast culture. Fermentation Fermentation process in the fermentation tank continues for about 30 to 45 hours after the final inoculum of yeast addition. Saccharomyces cerevisiae metabolize sugar in the absence of oxygen, they produce ethanol and CO2. The fermentation process is exothermic in nature. Every kilogram of alcohol generates about 290 kilocalories of heat. This excess heat is removed by continuous circulation of fermented wash through an external plate heat exchanger called the fermenter cooler. The fermenter temperature is always maintained between 32-340C, the optimum range for efficient fermentation.

Fermentation Parameters (Typical): The pH of the fermenter is maintained between 4.0 & 4.8 usually without addition of any acid. The alcohol concentration is maintained between 7.0 & 7.5 % v/v, unless a highly concentrate effluent is to be produced.

Conversion of sugar to ethanol is instantaneous, and the residual sugar concentration is maintained below 0.2 % w/w as glucose. This usually corresponds to a residual reducing substances concentration of 2.0 to 2.5 % w/w in wash. All the nutrient elements necessary for yeast growth exist in adequate quantities as impurities in molasses. Occasionally, Nitrogen may have to be supplemented. Defoaming oil (DFO), say Turkey Red Oil is added to the fermenter by an automated DFO dosing system, to control foaming. Usually no other

60 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

additives are required. Yeast Recycling The yeast in the fermented wash is removed as a 45 to 55 v/v slurry, and is returned to the fermenter. This feature ensures that a high yeast cell concentration is achieved and maintained in the fermenter. By recirculating grown, active yeast, sugar that would have otherwise been consumed in yeast growth, is made available for ethanol production, ensuring high process efficiency. Propagation: The propagation section is a feeder unit to the fermenter. Yeast, either Saccharomyees cereviseae or Schizosaccharomyees pombe (the choice being determined by other process parameters, mainly the downstream effluent treatment system) is grown in 3 stages. The first two stages are designed for aseptic growth. Propagation vessel III develops the inoculum using pasteurized molasses solution as the medium. This vessel has a dual function. During propagation, it serves for inoculum build-up. When the fermenter enters the continuous production mode, Propagation Vessel III is used as an intermediate wash tank. Propagation is carried out only to start up the process initially or after very long shut-downs during which the fermenter is emptied. Distillation Clarified or de-yeasted wash flows by gravity to the propagation vessel No. III, which during continuous production, operates as an intermediate wash tank. From here, fermented wash is pumped to the wash preheater, which uses vapors from the rectifying column to preheat wash. Further heating is done in an exchange of heat with spent wash (see flow sheet for primary distillation). Preheated wash then enters the degasifying column of the distillation section. Primary Distillation The CO2 and the degasifying section help remove the CO2 and other non- condensable entrained in the wash. The wash column is first column in the distillation section. It is also called the analyzer. Wash is boiled in this column with steam either supplied as live steam from the boiler (after pressure reduction and de-superheating) or from a re-boiler which generates steam by evaporating effluent wash. Alcohol in wash vaporizes and is carried, along with water vapor, to the top of the wash column from where it goes to the rectification column. As wash travels down the analyzer, it is progressively ‘stripped’ of its alcohol content. At a point in the column, where the alcohol concentration is 0.5 to 1.0% v/v, a portion of the wash is drawn off. Multi Pressure Vacuum Distillation: After fermentation the next stage in the manufacture of alcohol is to separate alcohol from fermented wash and to concentrate it to 95% alcohol called as rectified spirit. For this purpose, distillation process is employed. Distillation step consumes a considerable amount of energy and is also a deciding factor in the quality of ethanol produced. Hence, in line with the demand of the industry, efforts have always been to minimize requirement of energy and to improve the basic quality of alcohol produced. Ease of operation, reliability, lower down time and flexibility of operations are other parameters

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 61

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report considered during the design. Multi-pressure vacuum distillation system for production of Rectified Spirit / ENA consists of following distillation columns namely 1. Degasifying cum analyzer column – Operation under vacuum 2. Pre-rectification column – Operation under vacuum 3. Rectification cum Exhaust Column - Operated under pressure 4. Recovery column - Operated under atmospheric 5. Extractive distillation column – Operated under vacuum 6. Simmering column – Operated under atmospheric Three basic types of plant are designed a) One is to produce primary quality of alcohol, usually referred to as 'Rectified Spirit' (R.S.) from the fermented wash. Such plants are also referred to as ‘Primary distillation’ plants. b) Second is to produce fine quality of spirit usually referred to as 'Extra Neutral Alcohol' (ENA) starting from R.S. Such plants are also referred to as 'secondary distillation' plants. c) Third is to directly produce fine quality alcohol (ENA) from fermented wash. Such plants are referred to as 'wash (mash) to ENA' plants, where the two steps of primary and secondary distillation are combined. Such plants usually have lower consumption of energy than two separate plants Dehydration of Alcohol Molecular Sieve The feed (Rectified Spirit), pumped from the storage tanks, is heated through the heat exchanger by the dehydrated alcohol, then heated RS of 93% to 96% is fed to the top of the distillation column. The liquid passes through the distillation column where ethanol is stripped of. The alcohol free liquid called spent lees is separated and discharged from the bottom of the distillation column and the ethanol stream, with strength of about 96% by volume, is removed as vapor, at the top section of the distillation column and feed to the molecular sieve unit after a super heating about 115oC by steam in the heat exchanger. Fuel oils are removed from an intermediate point of the column in order to avoid any risk of flooding of the column and feed to the static settling device where are separated from the weak water which are recycled to the column. The distillation column has an operating pressure of about 160 kPa (A) and is heated with low pressure steam by means of re-boiler. This solution shows following advantages,  Total recovery of steam condensate which is recycled to the steam boiler at high temperature with consequent increasing of the efficiency of the re-boiler (higher production of steam per unit of fuel)  Lower cost for softening of demineralization of raw water to be fed to the boiler as steam condensate does not need any treatment

 Lower quantity of stillage, potential source of pollution The super-heated ethanol stream removed at the top of the distillation column feeds one of the two sieve beds is now in regeneration mode.

62 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

The second sieve bed when in regeneration mode (under vacuum) and receives a small amount of vapor from bed working in over pressure. As soon as regeneration is finished (a regeneration cycle lasts about 5 minutes), an automatic control system changes the operating conditions of the two sieve beds in order to have the first sieve bed in regeneration and the second one in dehydration mode. The dehydration process releases a vapor ethanol stream with a very small amount of water (500 ppm or less), which is condensed in the condenser cooled in the heat exchangers and sent to the storage as dehydrated alcohol. The regeneration process releases a certain amount of absorbed water and ethanol, which are condensed in the condenser and recycled to the column. Cooling media of the first cooling step of the dehydrated alcohol (condenser) is the regeneration stream recycled to the distillation column and cooling media of the second cooling step of the dehydrated alcohol (condenser) is the fed stock coming from the storage tanks, which is preheated as herein above described. Remaining vapors and liquid are condensed and cooled by cooling water in S &T or P&F heat exchangers. The unit operation is fully automatic and all operations are governed by logics executed by a PLC Control system.

Molasses Dilution Spent lees will be recirculated directly to Activated process/cooling Fermentation Ethanol & CO2 Yeast tower Emission

Spent wash Steam Multi-Pressure Distillation and Spent lees

Molecular Sieve Spent wash treatment through 1. Biomethanation followed by MEE RS/ENA/FO/AA/Ethanol followed by Bio-composting 2. MEE & Incineration boiler 3.

Storage Figure 2.12: Distillery process (Molasses based)

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 63

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report B. PROCESS OF MANUFACTURE OF FUEL ETHANOL FROM SUGARCANE The major operations are 1. Harvesting, handling & transportation 2. Milling 3. Juice Clarification 4. Evaporation 5. Fermentation 6. Distillation Harvesting, handling and transportation The leaves can be easily stripped off manually. The harvesting of Sugarcane can be done manually or mechanically. The practice of bundling, loading transportation and off-loading in sugar mill/distillery. Milling The Sugarcane is received in the factory yard is weighed for records & fed to the carrier by mechanical un-loader from trucks and trailers. While the cane carts are manually emptied. The sugarcane stalk is passed through preparatory devices like knives for cutting the stalks in to fine chips before being subjected to crushing in a milling tandem comprising 4-5 three-roller mills. Fine preparation with its impact on final extraction, is receiving special attention particularly fibriser and shredders in case of the Sugarcane. The existing mills are of three roller conventional mills with feeding devices as TRPF, which gives positive feeding to the mill. From the existing tandem of five mills, 1st and last two mills will be used and rest is bypassed. The imbibitions water of full quantity is used before last mill with existing compound imbibitions system and inter carrier will be used to transfer the material from 1st to last mill for good extraction of juice up to 90 %. Fibrous residue called bagasse, with low sugar content is produced about 25 to 30% of Sugarcane, with contains of 45 to 52 % moisture. This bagasse will go to the boiler as fuel, and many factories use the bagasse for wallboard or paper manufacture. The elimination of the thick suspended solids from juice, which causes blockage in equipment & wear down through abrasion is removed by successive screening. After weighing juice, it is sent for further clarification. Juice Clarification The clarification is carried out to remove impurities.

64 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

 After extraction of juice, it is to be passed through D. S. M. screen. The pH of juice is 5.0 – 5.2.  Heating the juice up to 700 C in existing juice heater by applying 2nd body vapour.  Milk of lime to be added up to pH 7.5 – 7.8 (as per need) in existing juice clarification tank.  After adding milk of lime, juice is to be heated up to 1010 – 1020 C in existing juice heater by applying 1st body vapour.  Juice settling to be done in existing clarifier.  Mud removes from clarifier is to be send to the existing vacuum filter.  Filtrate obtained from vacuum filter is to be mixed with mill juice.

Evaporation Clarified juice having approximate 12-130 brix is to be concentrated in existing multiple effect evaporator set to achieved approximate 700 brix .

Fermentation Molasses/B-heavy molasses/Juice (20-250 brix)/Juice syrup (700 brix) is the chief raw material used for production of alcohol. Molasses/juice syrup contains about 50% / 60% total sugars. During the fermentation, yeast strains to the species Saccharomyces Cerevisiae, a living microorganism belonging to class fungi converts sugar present in the molasses such as sucrose or glucose in to alcohol. Chemically this transformation for sucrose to alcohol can be approximated by the equation: -

C12H22O11 + H2O Invertase 2C6H12O6 Cane Sugar Glucose + Fructose

C6H12O6 Zymase 2C2H5OH + 2CO2 180 2 x 46 + 2 x 44

Glucose/Fructose Ethyl alcohol + Carbon di-oxide The concentrated syrup (70 °Bx) sent to distillery, where it is diluted to 200 Brix as (14% sugar) or juice as per required sugar concentration and pH should be adjusted 4.2-4.5 by using Sulphuric acid. Nutrients like Urea & DAP added to the fermenter takes place with help of yeast. The fermentation of juice is carried out in the series of existing cascade type

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 65

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report fermenter at temperature between 30 and 32°C, the range optimum for efficient fermentation. The fermenter temperature maintained at designed value by external plate heat exchanger with cooling water circulation through plate heat exchangers. The yeast for the fermentation is initially (i.e. during startup of the plant) developed in the propagation vessel. Once propagated a viable cell population is maintained by yeast recycling & continuous aeration of the fermenter. Stillage recycling also reduces the quantity of effluent spent wash and reduces the process water requirement of the plant. The residuals sugar level comes to 0.5 % w/w, Brix drops, and 1-15 ° Brix Alcohol % in the fermented wash is the range 9.0 to 10.0 % v/v. Distillation (Primary) The next stage in the manufacture of alcohol is to separate alcohol from fermented wash and to concentrate it to 95% alcohol called as rectified spirit. For this purpose, method of distillation is employed. This system consists of following equipment's. 1. Degasifying Column 2. Wash Column 3. Heads Concentration Column 4. Rectification Column 5. Exhaust Column The distillation column consist number of bubble cap plates where wash is boiled and alcoholic vapours are separated and concentrated on each plate stage by stage. The fermented wash first enters the beer heater, which is a condenser for condensing alcoholic vapours by using wash as cooling medium. The objective of this beer heater is to recover the heat from the hot vapours of alcohol. Fermented wash from the beer heater goes to degasifying column, degasifying column bottom goes to the top plate of the wash column. This column consists of 18 plates. The steam is admitted through the steam sparger situated at the bottom of the column. As the steam rises up, the wash descending from the top to the bottom of the column gets heated and by the time it reaches to bottom plate, it consist practically no alcohol. The wash going out is called spent wash, which is discharged to the drainpipe. The vapours coming from wash column now consists approximately 50% alcohol and 50% water with impurities such as higher alcohol's, aldehydes, acids, sulfur dioxide etc. Part of these vapours are led to Heads Concentration

66 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Column where low boiling impurities are separated from spirit which is produced at the rate of total production depending on the extent of purity required & stored separately. Other portion of the vapours, which is major quantity, is led to rectifying column. This column consists of 44 plates, which helps the removal of bad smelling fusel oil, which is a mixture of higher alcohol. As the vapours coming from wash column rise to the top of rectifying column, the concentration of alcohol goes on increasing & finally it reaches to the concentration of 95.5% alcohol. The alcoholic vapours from rectifying column are condensed in the beer heater, principle condenser using water as a coolant and finally vent condenser. The condensates of all three condensers go back to the top of the rectifying column & uncondensed gasses are let out from the vent pipe. Actual product of rectified spirit is drawn from the 3rd plate from the top & cooled in alcohol cooler & taken out as a product. The fusel oil which is a mixture of higher alcohol is drawn from the 6th to 10th plate from bottom of rectifying column as a stream of vapours, it is condensed & cooled & led into a decanter where it is mixed with water. Fusel oil being immiscible with water collects at the top and is decanted through a funnel and sent to storage. The lower portion contains water and alcohol and is sent back to wash column for recovery of alcohol. Fusel oil is recovered at the rate of 0.2% of alcohol produced. The alcohol both pure and impure is first led into separate receivers. The quantity of alcohol produced is assessed daily in the receivers and it is finally transferred to storage vats in the warehouse. The spirit from storage vats could be issued for denaturation, or for own consumption, or directly to the tankers of the customer depending upon the type of requisition.

Manufacturing process for Fuel (Anhydrous) ethanol: Anhydrous (Fuel) ethanol is an important product required by industry. As per IS specification it is nearly 100 % pure /water free alcohol. Alcohol as manufactured by Indian distilleries is rectified spirit, which is 94.68 % alcohol and rest is water. It is not possible to remove remaining water from rectified spirit by straight distillation as ethyl alcohol forms a constant boiling mixture with water at this concentration and is known as

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 67

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report azeotrope. Therefore, special process for removal of water is required for manufacture of anhydrous (fuel) ethanol. In order to extract water from alcohol it is necessary to use some dehydrant or entrainer, which is capable of separating, water from alcohol. The Molecular Sieve Dehydration process processes used for dehydration of alcohol are as follows. The rectified spirit from the rectifier is superheated with steam in feed super heater. Superheated rectified spirit from feed super heater is passed to one of the pair of molecular sieve beds for several minutes. On a timed basis, the flow of superheated rectified spirit vapor is switched to the alternate bed of the pair. A portion of the anhydrous ethanol vapor leaving the fresh adsorption bed is used to regenerate the loaded bed. A moderate vacuum is applied by vacuum pump operating after condensation of the regenerated ethanol water mixture. This condensate is transferred from recycle drum to the Rectified Column in the hydrous distillation plant via Recycle pump. The anhydrous alcohol draw is condensed in product condenser and passed to product storage.

The life of molecular sieve may be around five to seven years. However, the operating cost is considerably less than azeotropic distillation. Basic outline of Fuel Ethanol from Sugarcane Juice

68 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Weighment

Cane kicker, fibrizer

Milling

Mixed juice

Screening

Heating 70 C Fermentation

Liming pH 7.5 – 7.8

Filtered juice

Heating

101 – 102 °C

Settling

Mud Vacuum Filter Clarified Juice pH 7.0 – 7.1 Filter cake 0 20-25 Brix juice Evaporation Evaporation

700 Brix Syrup

Fermentation Dilution Storage

Fuel Ethanol Distillation + Incineration boiler (MSDH) Spent wash

Figure 2.13: Distillery process (Sugar cane juice)

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 69

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 2.7.4 Utilities details modernization equipment Sugar  Milling Section (45" x 90" size, 5 mills with TRPF)  Boiling Section  HP Boiler  Steam Turbine and auxiliaries  Tie line  Electrical evacuation system including switchyard equip, metering system & additional bay  Piping, valves, PRDSH  DCS & plant automation  Bagasse & ash handling Equipment’s  ACC for DEC TG & auxiliaries  Bagasse dryer  Electrical Distribution & Interface Piping

Distillery  Fermentation multi-pressure distillation & ethanol  Integrated & independent evaporation for spent wash concentration  Utility equipment - cooling towers, compressor, condensate polishing unit, blower & chilling plant, alcohol storage & auxiliaries  Incineration boiler  PRDS, electrical, interface piping, DCS, Fuel & Ash handling, auxiliary cooling tower, Power Export Facility, yard piping & yard lighting etc.

70 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

2.8 Schematic representation of the feasibility drawing for EIA purpose

Sugar Expansion from Cogeneration from 44 MW Expansion distillery from 5000 TCD to 7500 TCD 30 KLPD to 100 KLPD

Category “B” Activity - 5(j) Category “B”, Activity-1(d) Category “A”, Activity-5(g) (≥5000 TCD cane crushing capacity) >15 MW plants based on All molasses based on biomass fuel distillery

Integrated proposal to EAC-II for grant for ToR

Screening category for combine project Cat A

Scoping by EAC Ind-II Committee, MoEFCC and ToR granted

EIA study as per ToR granted

Reconnaissance Survey for process, existing baseline environmental condition (air, water, soil, noise, ecology, socioeconomic, Land use), Risk & Disaster assessment, proposed anticipated environmental impacts

Preparation of Environment Management Plan

2.9 Pollution Sources and its Mitigation measures Summary of major waste generation of the from sugar, cogeneration and distillery its disposal/ treatment mechanism is given below,

Table 2.18 : Major pollution sources and its proposed mitigation measures Environment Sources Pollutant /Quantity Proposed mitigation measures attribute Air pollution Stack, Fugitive PM10, PM2.5, NOx, Existing: Wet scrubber emissions, SO2 Proposed: Electrostatic precipitator material Proposed Stack height: 72 m handling Existing stack height: 30 m, 40m and wet scrubber will be demolished and new stack of 72 m with ESP will be installed. Waste water Blow down Existing from Sugar Existing 500 CMD ETP from sugar unit Management from boiler, unit: 500 CMD For proposed expansion ETP capacity cooling tower, Proposed from will be upgraded to 800 CMD

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 71

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Environment Sources Pollutant /Quantity Proposed mitigation measures attribute Pump Sealing, Sugar unit: 800 CMD Co-generation power plant is being floor washing, Existing Distillery Treated water is recycled/reused in other cleaning effluent generation: greenbelt development and ferti- activities and Spent wash 240 irrigation. domestic, CMD, spent lees 60 Total Spent wash generation will be 600 Spent wash, CMD , Process CMD. For existing unit spent wash is spent lees, condensate treated trough Biogas unit followed by process Proposed Distillery Multi effect evaporator (MEE) followed condensate effluent: Spent by Bio composting. For Proposed 70 wash 600 CMD, KLPD expansion spent wash will be spent lees 200 CMD , treated through generated spent wash Process condensate will be concentrated in MEE and burn in 430 CMD proposed 40TPH spent wash fired boiler. Solid waste ETP Sludge, Total Bagasse ash: Sugar management ash and Press 40 T Existing bagasse ash generation: 25 TPD mud Coal Ash 42T Proposed bagasse ash generation: 40 Spent wash ash: 20 T TPD ETP sludge: 0.05 TPD Distillery Yeast Sludge 20.0 Coal ash from proposed distillery: 20 CMD TPD Spent wash ash from proposed distillery: 25 TPD Bagasse and spent wash ash collected from the furnace bottom hoppers and high potash content in the bagasse ash will be used as manure. Coal ash will be sold to the brick manufacturer. The sludge from primary clarifies, settling tank and secondary clarifier will be sent to sludge drying beds. Sludge will be dried in natural heat of sunlight. The dried cakes will be scrapped off periodically and can be utilized for as manure.

2.9.1 Composting process details Compost yard is 3 km south side from factory site. Total area of compost yard is around 12 acres. From which 5.5 acres is made up of 4” RCC & lined with 500 micron HDPE sheet as per CPCP guidelines. Composting process takes about 6 weeks (45 days) to complete one cycle and involves following activities. Total number of 4 cycles per annum.

72 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Figure 2.14: Existing Compost yard

Table 2.19 : Compost cycle Week 1. Collection & handling of press mud, formation of windrow of dimension 3.5 X (Inoculation) 1.5 X as per Lenght M & first pass of Aero tiller to reduce the moisture Content in windrow from 70% to 50%. Inoculation with mixed population microbial culture containing fungi, Bacteria and Actinomycetes (30% Suspension in water) & Aerotilling for proper mixing of inoculants. Weeks 2-5 Spent wash spraying & Aerotilling, maintenance of moisture between 50 to 65 % (Processing) is done by Spent wash spraying. Aerotiller is passed after every spent wash spray. Trimming of windrow after every Aerotilling operation to reshape the windrow in triangular position. During this period the temperature of the composting windrow increases up to 650C. Week 6 Curing, Aging & Drying: Optimum moisture content is maintained. No effluent is (Curing & applied during this stage. Leachate BOD & COD is get reduced. Aero tilling is Drying) continued twice a week till the compost is stabilized and finally dispatched to end user -member farmers as manure.

Features of the composting process • This is a zero pollution process. • The BOD of effluent is destroyed. • All the degradable organic material is oxidized to humus. • There is no odor nuisance. • There is no fly nuisance. • The product is dry, baggable and has a high nutritional value for all crops, and is applicable on all types of soils.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 73

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report • Compost is free from weed seeds and pathogens. • The composting process is carried out on scientifically designed concreted compost yard and no ground water pollution/percolation envisaged.

2.10 Project Implementation Schedule Project action will start after getting Environment Clearance from EAC, MoEFCC. Estimated time schedule of project implementation will be around 100-120 weeks

2.11 Project Cost Estimate The total cost of the project will be 57438 Lakhs. The bifurcation of cost for the integrated project is given below, Sugar expansion: 20722 Lakhs Cogeneration expansion: 22101 Lakhs Project cost of the distillery: 14615 Lakhs Total: 57438 Lakhs. The project cost estimates include land & land development, civil, building structure, plant, & machinery band other expenses, contingencies @, plant & machinery, margin money of working capital. Environment management cost will be around Rs. 10.5 cr. & recurring cost will be 37.3 lakhs. The details of project cost are given in Table. 2.20 & EMP cost is mentioned in Table 2.21.

Table 2.20 : Total project cost for Sugar, Cogeneration, and Distillery Particulates Sugar Cogeneration Distillery Total expansion Project expansion Project project Land & Site development 140 230 105 475 Civil works 2507 2918 2365 7790 Indigenous Plant and Machinery 13420 16775 10126 40321 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 350 428 520 1298 Prelim & Preoperative Expenses 1185 1196 907 3288 Contingencies 352 431 280 1063 Working Capital Margin 2768 123 312 3203 Total 20722 22101 14615 57438

74 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Table 2.21 Environment Management Cost Sr. No Description Capital Cost Recurring Cost (Rs. in lakhs) (Rs. in lakhs) 1. Air Pollution Control 700 10 3. Sugar ETP 250 5 4. Solid waste Management - 7 5. Environmental Monitoring and 40 3 Management 6. Rainwater Harvesting 25 4 7. Occupational Health 20 4.8 8. Green belt development 15 3.5 Total 1050 37.3

2.12 Conclusion Complete project description with location, size, and basic requirements of the project is described in this Chapter. Probable major environment pollution sources have been identified. There will be major impacts are from wastewater, solid waste generation and air emissions. Baseline studies have been conducted in the month of March to May 2018. Baseline study will help to understand extent of existing pollution and thereafter the impact of the proposed activities.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 75

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report CHAPTER III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT This chapter concise details of site information related environmental setting like ambient air quality, monitored data, ground water quality in and around the plant etc. within 10 km radius of the project, the environmental parameters which are likely to be affected by project activities are air, water, soil and socio-economics. The data were collected from both primary and secondary sources. Primary source data were collected through environmental monitoring in the study area. Primary survey involved climate, hydro geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, vegetation pattern, ecology, and socio-economic profile of the study area.

3.1 Environmental Parameters Field monitoring was done for primary data collection of various environment components such as air quality, water quality, soil quality, noise, micrometeorology, flora & fauna, socio-economic, hydro-geological study, traffic study etc. Also, secondary data from authenticated sources was used as a guideline and reference material. The entire data has been collected through actual physical surveys and observations, literature surveys, interaction with locals, government agencies, and departments. The baseline study begins with site visits and reconnaissance survey in the study area. During these visit the locations were fixed for the monitoring and collection of primary data. The guiding factors for the present baseline study are the requirements prescribed by the guidelines given in the EIA Manual of the MoEFCC and methodologies mentioned in Technical EIA Guidelines Manual for Sugar, Thermal and Distilleries by IL&FS Ecosmart Ltd., approved by MoEFCC.

3.2 Study Period The studies were conducted during summer season for the period of 1st March 2018- 31st May 2018.

3.3 Frequency of Monitoring Frequency of environment monitoring considered is given in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Environmental Parameter & Frequency of Monitoring

76 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Components Parameters Frequency Methodology adopted Ambient air PM2.5,PM10,SO2,N Ambient air quality PM10/PM2.5: Gravimetric quality Ox samples are monitored at 9 method locations for 24 hours SO2: Modified West and twice a week for the study Gaeke Method. (IS : 5182, period Part II) NOx: Jacobs and Hochheiser Method. (IS 5182 Part VI) Meteorology Surface : Wind Primary data: Monitoring data for primary speed and Hourly continuous data IS: 8829 direction , readings during the study temperature, period at plant site relative humidity secondary data collected and rainfall IMD Water quality Physical, Primary data :- Standard methods for Chemical and Ground water samples Examination of Water and Bacteriological were collected from 9 Wastewater’ published by parameters. locations and 2 surface American Public Health water samples were Association (APHA) collected from one locations Ecology Terrestrial fauna Field survey conducted in Listing of floral and faunal and flora and 10 km study area, once species. River ecology during the study period Noise Noise levels in Continuous 24 – hourly IS: 4954 as adopted by CPCB. dB(A) monitoring at 9 locations once during the study period Soil Physico-chemical Sampling at 8 locations BIS specifications around project site once during the study period. Socioeconomi Socio-economic General in 10 km radial study - c Data characteristics of area and data collected the affected area around the project site through field visits Land use Land use for 10 km radius, Based on Topo-sheets pattern different data published in Primary Satellite imageries categories Census Abstract and satellite imagery LISS –III Geology and Type, drainage Field Observations in 10 km Authenticate published data. hydrogeology etc. study area and from secondary data

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 77

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 3.4 Study area The project site is located at village Nagnathannanagar, Taluka Walve, Dist. Sangli, Maharashtra. Brief of Environment setting is given in Table 3.2. Table 3.2: Environmental setting Sr. Particulates Description No. 1. Project Location Latitude: 17° 1'5.22"N, Longitude 74°22'13.96"E Geographical Coordinates Elevation: 564 m above MSL. 2. Composting yard 16°59'54.40"N & 74°21'55.22"E Near Padavalwadi Geographical Coordinates 3. Toposheet number 47 K/8 and 47L/5, 4. Nearest IMD station Miraj (Sangali) 43158 5. Nearest Town Islampur 12 km Sangli 30/27 km 6. Nearest airport Kolhapur airport (IXU) 42 km Pune international airport 178 km 7. Nearest Railway station Kirloskarvadi railway station 8.82 km in NE, Sangli Railway station 26.67 km in SE 8. Nearest Road Gotkhindi-Walwa Road adjacent to the factory Walwa-Tasgaon Road 0.8 km. NH4 (Mumbai - Pune - Kolhapur – Goa) is 12 m 9. Nearest Village Walwe at 500 m 10. Nearest densely populated Walwe at 500 m and Islampur 12 km 11. No. of Villages in 10 km 26 12. Bio-geographical zone Semi-Arid 13. Nearest Water body Krishna river : 2.2 km 14. Eco-sensitive area No any in within 10 km of project area Chandoli National Park 55 km Radhanagari wildlife sanctuary 79 km 15. Precipitation 681.8 mm 16. Temperature Highest recorded: 430C Lowest record: 6.50C 17. Humidity Annual mean Relative humidity: 51-78 18. Wind Direction Dominant wind from West 19. Soil Type Medium black and deep black soil

78 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Figure 3.1: Toposheet of the 10 km study area

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 79

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report

Figure 3.2: Google Image of the 10 km study area

80 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Figure 3.3: Satellite Image of the study area

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 81

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 3.5 Physiography The district is mainly an agricultural district falling in Krishna river basin. The Sangli district was earlier known as south Satara district, formed in year 1949 after independence by carving 4 Talukas namely Tasgaor, Khanapur, Walwa and Shivala of Satara district and Miraj and Jat

talukas of other part of Maharashtra. The South Satara district was renamed as Sangli on 29th Nov 1960. The district is bounded by Satara and Solapur districts in north and Kolhapur and Belgaum districts (Karnataka) in south. On the east it is ablished bounded by Bijapur district of Karnataka state and in the west by coastal district of Ratnagiri. The district falls in Krishna basin and has undulating topography. The elevation in the district ranges between 550 and 1600 amasl . The district is located in the Deccan Plateau and extends west to east from Western Ghat section in Shirala taluka to relatively flatter area of eastern Jath taluka. The land forms present are erosional broad valley separating flat topped remnant hills, displaying characteristic step like appearance. The area of the district can be broadly divided into four physiographic units namely. The major part of the district is underlain by Deccan lava flows of Upper Cretaceous to Eocene Age, Where is restricted along the banks of the river. Walwa Taluka Areal Extent of different Physiographic units in Sangli district, Maharashtra Hill & Ghats (sq km): 95.95, Foot Hills Area (sq km): 262.60 Plains (sq km): 428.15

Figure 3.4: Hydrogeology the district

82 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

3.5.1 Geology Almost entire district is underlying by Deccan Trap basalt. Also the isolated and small parts adjoining the hilly areas have low ground water development potential. There are prominent hill ranges, many isolated hillocks undulation etc. in the district which facilitate higher runoff. Almost entire district is occupied by hard rock formation of basaltic lava flow, which is generally very poor in ground water storage and transitivity. Therefore this formation gets maximum saturation during monsoon season and thus resulting in a situation of rejection of recharge in many places. These aquifers than are drained naturally due to sloping and undulating topography. Similarly wherever ground water development is more, there aquifers becomes almost nearly dry or semi-dry thus attaining water scarcity situation for even drinking purpose during summer months. Hard rock (Basaltic lava flows/Deccan Traps) Deccan Traps are horizontally disposed thick piles of basaltic lava flows, which are apparently more or less uniform in composition. Each individual flow is a typical section, which varies from porous, weathered base to massive middle unit and becoming increasingly vesicular towards top. Each flow (lower flow and upper flow) is separated from each other by intermittent bole bed which is normally red in color and called red bole. These bole beds comprise clay which is deposited between two lava eruptions, thus an individual flow forms a district hydrogeological unit as they differ in respect of capacity to receive, stock and transmit water due to the inherent physical characteristics like porosity and permeability. Soft Rock (Alluvium) Alluvium deposits in Sangli district occurs in very thin and isolated pockets along the major rivers. These deposits comprises of upper layer of silty material underlain by layers of coarse detrital materials like sand and gravel with admixture of clay. The coarse detrital material occurring as thin layer or lenses form good water bearing strata while finer material do not permit movement of ground water. The thickness of these deposits in Sangli district varies from 10 to 40 m.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 83

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 3.5.2 Hydrology The ground water in basaltic lava flows of Deccan trap occurs under water level and semi- confined to confined condition in deeper aquifers. The vesicular portion of different flows varies in thickness from 8 to 12 m and sometimes up to 20 m. It has primary porosity. However, the density of vesicles, their distribution, and interconnection, depth of weathering and topography of the area are decision factors for occurrence and movements of ground water in these units. The weathered and fractured trap occurring in topographic lows is the main water bearing formation in the district.

Depth to Water Level The depth to water level in Sangli during pre-monsoon (may-11) vary between 0.35 mbgl (village Arag) to 16.45 mbgl (village Bilur). It during pre-monsoon seasons indicating roughly that the water level has gone below 10 mbgl as majority of wells are having a depth range. between 5 and 10.00 mbgl

(a) (b) Figure 3.5: (a) Pre monsoon water level in the district (b) Post monsoon water level

3.5.3 Topography The study area is located on the bank of Krishna River hence it is having average plane topography except some patches in southern part. Small hilly area is present near village Yede Nipani. Digital elevation map of the project site and the study area is given in Fig 3.6.

84 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Figure 3.6: Digital elevation of 10 km study area

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 85

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 3.6 Land use pattern Land use is characterized by the arrangements, activities and inputs people undertake in a certain land cover type to produce, change, or maintain it. Definition of land use in this way establishes a direct link between land cover and the actions of people in their environment. "Grassland" is a cover term, while "rangeland" or "tennis court" refer to the use of a grass cover; and "Recreation area" is a land use term that may be applicable to different land cover types: for instance sandy surfaces, like a beach; a built-up area like a pleasure park; woodlands; etc. 3.6.1 Land Cover of the study area Land cover is the observed (bio) physical cover on the earth's surface. When considering land cover in a very pure and strict sense, it should be confined to the description of vegetation and man-made features. Consequently, areas where the surface consists of bare rock or bare soil are land itself rather than land cover. Also, it is disputable whether water surfaces are real land cover. However, in practice, the scientific community usually includes these features within the term land cover. Land Use/Land cover for 10 km radius from project site of were delineated based on the Landsat ETM+ satellite data; the land use/Land cover classes are categorized based on the ground trothing and site visit. The land is classified in vegetation, barren land, Built up area and water Body etc. classes, detailed distribution of units showing in the below map, table and graph. These images provide the information about the land use pattern of the study area. The different color represents the settlement or built up land Vegetation (include Agriculture and forest) area, barren Land and water bodies. Table 3.3: Land use land cover statistics of the study area

86 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Built up land It is defined as an area of human habitat developed due to non-agriculture use. The built- up land in 10 km radius from project site comprises of villages, towns, panchayat and revenue villages that include buildings, Industries, factories, transport, communications, utilities in association with water and vegetation. Out of total 3.7 % (total 1148 Hectors) of area cover in Built up class.

Vegetation & Agricultural The vegetation class use is a function of land productivity and land utilization practices over a period of time. It is an area within the notified forest boundary bearing an association of predominantly of trees and other vegetation types capable of producing timber and other forest produces. These lands are generally occupying the topographically high regions. Vegetation area 23.9 % of the area. Agriculture area 26.1 of the area.

Water Bodies This category comprises areas with surface water, either impounded in the form of ponds, lakes and reservoirs or flowing as streams, rivers, canals etc. These are seen clearly on the satellite image in blue to dark blue or cyan color depending on the depth of water. These areas were identified and mapped as water bodies; this unit is spatially distributed, 294 Ha. Which is 0.9 % of the study area.

Open Land and Fallow land It is described as degraded land which can be brought under vegetative cover with reasonable effort and which is currently under-utilized and land which is deteriorating due to lack of appropriate water and soil management or on account of natural causes. Wastelands can result from inherent/imposed constraints such as, by location, environment, chemical and physical properties of the soil or financial or management constraints. 24.1 % (7575 hector) of the Open lands are identified in study area. Fallow Land comprises 21.3 % (6676 Ha.)

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 87

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report

88 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Figure 3.7: Land cover of 10 km study area

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 89

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 3.7 Seismology Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) has prepared a seismic zoning map of India based on tectonic features and records of past earthquakes. Approx. 59% of the land area of India is liable to seismic hazard damage. In India, seismic zones are divided into four zones i.e. II, III, IV and V. Zone – V: Very High Risk Zone Zone – IV: High Risk Zone Zone – III: Moderate Risk Zone Zone – II: Low Risk Zone The site is located in Zone-III as per the seismic map given in

Figure 3.8: Seismic zone map

90 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

3.8 TRAFFIC SURVEY Traffic survey has been conducted for peak and non-peak hours at factory approach Road Walwa-Tasgaon Road 0.8 km in NE. The traffic survey monitoring was performed in May, 2018 to predict the future traffic growth and the load on the plant road and surroundings due to the proposed project. Table 3.4: Traffic Scenario- existing project in crushing season Time Type of Vehicle Total Cycle, motor Passenger car, Agri. Tractor/ Bullock Vehicle cycle or scooter tempo, Cars, auto Truck cart rickshaw Peak Hours 9.00 -10.0 am 250 100 100 24 474 10.00-11.0 am 135 92 85 12 324 4.00 -5.0 pm 90 85 63 10 248 5.00 - 6.00 pm 75 70 36 12 193 Non-Peak Hours 2.00-3.00 pm 120 42 25 8 195 8.00–9.00 pm 62 28 12 5 107

Table 3.5: Expected Traffic Scenario- due to Proposed Project in crushing season Time Type of Vehicle Total Vehicle Cycle, Passenger car, Agricultural Bullock cart motor cycle tempo, Cars, auto Tractor/ Truck or scooter rickshaw or agricultural tractor Peak Hours 9.00 -10.00 am 60 15 40 20 135 10.00 – 11.00 30 5 30 15 80 am 4.00 -5.00 pm 20 5 26 15 66 5.00 - 6.00 pm 20 5 18 8 51

3.9 Climatic Condition & Meteorology The climate of the district is characterized by general dryness during the major part of the year. Winter season is from November to end of February followed by summer season which is from March to May. The South-West monsoon season is from June to October. However average rainfall for the district for above period is 587.38 mm. The climate of the

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 91

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report district is dry except during south west monsoon period that is from June to Sept. The normal annual rainfall over the district ranges from 558.8 mm (Jath) to 938.9 mm (Shirala). Meteorological characteristics of an area are very much important in assessing possible environmental impacts and in preparing environmental management plan.

3.9.1 Methodology Secondary data from already published literature of National Data Centre of Indian Meteorological Department, Sangli have been utilized to establish the general meteorological pattern. Site-specific meteorological data i.e. temperature, relative humidity, rainfall, wind speed and wind direction for the project site have been generated by installing weather station at project site during the period of March 2018 to May 2018.

3.9.2 Average Meteorological Condition (Source: IMD) The IMD observatory is installed in the compound of Muncipal Water Works, Hirabag, Sangli; exposure good. Miraj (Sangli) at an approx. aerial distance of 37 km towards the south east direction from the project site. The height of installation is 549 m above MSL and 10m from ground. The average of meteorological data of IMD observatory is presented in Table 3.6 and the average of the site-specific meteorological data generated during the study period is presented in Table 3.7. The wind rose diagram of the study period is given as Figure 3.9.

Table 3.6: Average of meteorological data Location: In the compound of Muncipal Water Works, Hirabag, Sangli; exposure good (Lat: N 16° 51', Long: E 74° 36') (Station Code: 43158) Aerial distance from Project Site: Approx. 26.5 Km SE Height of installation: 549 m above MSL Month Temperature Relative Humidity Mean Wind Pre-dominant Precipitation (°C) (%) Speed Wind (mm) Max. Min. Mor. Eve. (km/h.) Direction Monthly total January 28.9 16.7 74 39 9-20 E,W and SE 0.3 February 31.5 18.4 68 31 9-22 W,E and SE 0.2 March 34 21.8 68 30 17-25 W 6.5 April 35.5 24.6 70 31 19-27 W 21.6 May 33.6 25.7 75 45 26-29 W 51.9 June 28.3 24.7 84 68 26-28 W and SW 137.9 July 26.2 23.8 87 75 28-30 W and SW 108.1 August 25.7 23.2 89 76 25-29 W and SW 89.2 September 27.2 23 88 69 17-24 W 124 October 28.8 22.7 82 56 11-15 W and E 115.6

92 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

November 28.1 20.2 76 49 13-19 E and SE 22.2 December 27.5 17.4 75 45 11-21 E 4.5 Annual Total 29.5 21.8 78 51 - - 681.8 or Mean

Table 3.7: Average of the site-specific meteorological data (March 18 to May 18) Month Temperature (°C) Wind Wind Relative Humidity Rainfall speed Direction (%) (mm) Min. Max. Avg. Min. Max. Avg. March 21 37 29 2-8 km./h W 35 71 52 0 April 25 39 28 2-8 km./h W,SW 28 70 48 0 May 23 39 31 3-8 km./h W, SW 28 77 47 0

3.9.3 Temperature The summer season from March to May is one with continuous increase in temperatures which decreases during monsoon, increases slightly during the post monsoon season and again decreases during the winter. During the study period, the daily maximum temperature was recorded at 39°C in the month of March & April and daily minimum temperature was recorded at 21°C in the month of March. The average temperature of the study period has been recorded at 28°C.

3.9.4 Relative Humidity The climate of the region is characterized by general dryness except during south west monsoon season. Humidity is usually high during the monsoon months, with average relative humidity 77%. Humidity decreases gradually during the post monsoon months and for rest of the year, the average relative humidity around 78%. The values of maximum & minimum relative humidity observed during the study period are 28-77 %.

3.9.5 Precipitation The annual rainfall is received during the southwest monsoon season i.e. from June to October, July being the month with highest rainfall. The total monthly annual rainfall observed from the IMD data is 681.8 mm. There were slight showers i.e. 0.1 mm during the study period.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 93

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 3.6.6 Wind Speed and Wind Direction Wind rose based on hourly readings of wind speed and direction monitored during monitoring period at the factory site for the month of March 2018, April 2018, May 2018. In general, the primary meteorological data obtained at the project site are in agreement with the data of previous years available from secondary source.

The wind rose diagram reveals that wind was blowing predominantly from the west direction with frequency of approximately 55% having speed in the range of 1- 4 m/s during the monitoring period with frequency of calm winds 17.4 % during the monitoring period. Wind rose graphically shown in Fig 3.9.

Figure 3.9: Wind rose diagram for March to May 2018

3.10 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY Samples were collected in the 10 km study area to observe pollution trends throughout the region. It helps in providing a data base for evaluation of effects of a project activity in

94 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

that region. The various sources of air pollution in the present area are nearby industries and agricultural land. Methodology The air quality monitoring study was conducted keeping the following points into consideration.

 Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale; i.e. after considering the predominant wind direction.  Two locations in the upwind direction;  Three locations in the downwind direction.  Population zone and sensitive receptors.

Table 3.8: Methodology for AAQM Parameter Monitoring Analytical Method Minimum Technical Protocol Equipment’s Detectable limit 3 PM10 Fine Dust IS 5182 (Part 23) :2006, 10 µg/m Respirable Suspended sampler RA-2012 Particulate Matter (PM 10) gravimetric method 3 PM2.5 Fine Dust Guidelines for the 10 µg/m Respirable Suspended sampler measurement of Particulate Matter Ambient Air pollutant (PM 2.5) gravimetric Vol. I,2011(CPCB method Guidelines) 3 NOx Gaseous IS 5182 (Part VI) : 2006, 5 µg/m Modified Jacob & sampler RA-2012 Hochheiser (Na- Arsenate) method 3 SO2 Gaseous IS 5182 (Part II) : 2001, 5 µg/m Improved West and sampler RA-2012 Geake method

Sampling location & frequency

Ambient air quality of the study area has been assessed during summer period of March 2018 to May, 2018 through a network of nine ambient air quality stations within an area of 10 km region around the project site and including the project site. The sampling was

done continuously for 24 hours for SO2, NOx, PM10 & PM2.5 with a frequency of twice a

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 95

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report week for three months (24 observations for one location). The air monitoring locations are shown in Figure 3.10 and Table 3.9. Table 3.9: Air sampling locations

Air Location Distance Geographical coordinates Direction Justification for Stations (km) selection Project A1 - - - Core Location A2 Walwa 0.42 17° 1'31.77"N, 74°22'21.52"E NNE CW A3 Shirgaon 1.71 17° 1'45.18"N, 74°23'1.26"E NE DW A4 Nagthane 3.1 17° 1'30.41"N, 74°23'56.36"E E DW A5 Padavalwadi 1.77 17° 0'12.65"N, 74°21'45.25"E SW CW A6 Ahirwadi 4 17° 0'26.56"N, 74°20'7.69"E W UW A7 Navekhed 4.88 17° 3'39.33"N, 74°21'0.36"E NNW CW A8 Nagarale 3.62 17° 2'56.21"N, 74°23'20.90"E NNE CW A9 Tujarpur 7.48 17° 0'41.11"N, 74°18'4.22"E W UW

96 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Figure 3.10: Air quality sampling locations

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 97

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Table 3.10: Ambient Air analysis results

Statistical parameter PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) A1-Project Site Minimum 41.2 24.3 8.3 12.4 Maximum 52.3 32.6 10.9 19.2 Average 48.7 28.2 10.0 15.0 98th Percentile 52.3 32.5 10.9 17.9 A2- Walwa Minimum 42.6 23.6 10.1 14.7 Maximum 54.6 30.6 14.1 18.7 Average 50.5 27.5 12.0 16.4 98th percentile 53.7 30.6 13.6 18.6 A3- Shirgaon Minimum 41.2 20.4 7.4 13.3 Maximum 46.8 31.0 11.1 18.8 Average 44.4 32.4 9.0 16.1 98th percentile 46.8 137.0 10.8 18.5 A4- Nagthane Minimum 36.9 20.3 7.1 13.8 Maximum 49.6 26.9 10.2 19.4 Average 43.5 24.4 9.0 16.7 98th percentile 48.6 26.9 10.2 19.1 A5- Padavalwadi Minimum 39.4 18.5 6.3 11.4 Maximum 47.8 29.5 9.7 16.9 Average 42.5 25.6 8.1 14.0 98th percentile 47.2 29.2 9.6 16.8 A6- Ahirwadi Minimum 37.5 24.5 6.1 11.2 Maximum 50.3 28.6 9.2 14.9 Average 45.3 25.8 7.7 12.6 98th percentile 49.8 28.6 9.2 14.8 A7- Navekhed Minimum 39.5 19.8 6.1 11.1 Maximum 49.8 26.5 9.4 15.6 Average 45.1 23.8 7.6 12.4 98th percentile 49.1 26.1 9.3 15.3 A8- Nagarale Minimum 37.6 18.2 6.1 10.4 Maximum 47.4 25.6 9.5 14.4 Average 41.9 21.5 7.6 12.3 98th percentile 46.7 25.5 9.5 14.2 A9- Tujarpur

98 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Minimum 38.6 19.8 6.3 9.6 Maximum 48.5 28.6 7.0 13.1 Average 43.9 23.6 8.2 11.0 98th percentile 48.5 28.6 7.2 12.7 NAAQS standards 2009, Ministry of Environment & Forest, Gov. of India Industrial, Residential 100 60 80 80 and Rural Areas

The concentrations of PM10 PM2.5, SO2 and NOx (Table 3.11) were found within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQ).

Interpretation

Particulate matter emission (PM10& PM2.5): After completion of baseline survey it was found that all ambient air quality parameters are within the NAAQ standards of Central Pollution Control Board. At Walwa, it was found that high percentage of Particulate matter as compared to other monitoring locations as it Is densely populated area and vehicular movement and local activity are higher compare to other.

SO2 emission: SO2 emission is found at Walwa due to vehicular movement.

NOx emission: NOx emission at all monitoring location are within the NAAQ standards. At Walwa and Shirgaon it was found that high percentage of NOx as compared to other monitoring. Nitrogen dioxide is a large scale pollutant, with rural background ground level concentrations in some extent. Nitrogen dioxide plays a role in atmospheric chemistry, including the formation of troposphere ozone. Nitrogen dioxide is also produced naturally during electrical storms. The term for this process is "atmospheric fixation of nitrogen". The rain produced during such storms is especially good for the garden as it contains trace amounts of fertilize

3.11 Ambient noise monitoring results Ambient noise standards are prescribed for residential, commercial and industrial areas and silence zone vide ‘The Noise Pollution (Regulation and control) Rules, 2000, notified by the MoEF&CC on February 14, 2000 and amended thereof. The ambient noise standards have been stipulated during day time (6 am to 9 pm) and night time (9 pm to 6

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 99

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report am) keeping in the view the different sensitive and the resultant impacts at community level during these periods. The ambient noise levels were monitored at selected villages within the study area during day and night time covering residential, commercial/industrial and silence zones. Background noise levels were measured at the project site and surrounding villages by standard- noise- level- meter for 24 hours. Equivalent noise levels during day (0800-2100 hrs) Ld, night (2100-0700 hrs) Ln and the equivalent noise levels for day & night, the Ldn values were calculated. Methodology  Site visit and identification of sources of noise  Identifying monitoring locations and conducting noise monitoring  Determining possible impacts of noise on the environment from proposed activities  Suggestions of mitigation measures of noise and to reduce noise of sources exceeding the allowable limits The Noise quality monitoring Station presented in Figure 3.11 & observed noise level is described in Table 3.11. Table 3.11: Noise Level Monitoring Locations

Noise Location Aerial Geographical coordinates Direction Selection of sampling distance station (km) Project N1 - - - Core Location N 2 Walwa 0.42 17° 1'31.77"N, 74°22'21.52"E NNE CW N 3 Shirgaon 1.71 17° 1'45.18"N, 74°23'1.26"E NE DW N 4 Nagthane 3.1 17° 1'30.41"N, 74°23'56.36"E W DW N 5 Padavalwadi 1.77 17° 0'12.65"N, 74°21'45.25"E SW CW N 6 Ahirwadi 4.0 17° 0'26.56"N, 74°20'7.69"E W UW N 7 Navekhed 4.88 17° 3'39.33"N, 74°21'0.36"E NNW CW N 8 Nagarale 3.62 17° 2'56.21"N, 74°23'20.90"E NNE CW N 9 Tujarpur 7.48 17° 0'41.11"N, 74°18'4.22"E W UW

100 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Figure 3.11: Noise sampling Locations

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 101

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Results The results of all nine noise monitoring stations are summarized in the below Table 3.12. Table 3.12: Results of noise monitoring

Station Location Equivalent noise level, CPCB permissible limits codes Leq in dB (A) Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time N1 Project Location 66.5 65.5 75 70 N2 Walwa 52.5 41.5 55 45 N3 Shirgaon 51.6 42.0 55 45 N4 Nagthane 50.2 41.0 55 45 N5 Padavalwadi 48.5 41.0 55 45 N6 Ahirwadi 42.6 39.5 55 45 N7 Navekhed 50.8 40.0 55 45 N8 Nagarale 48.5 40.5 55 45 N9 Tujarpur 50.2 40.2 55 45

Interpretation The above results are within the CPCB Standards. The minimum noise level 39.5 dB (A) and the maximum noise level 52.5 dB (A) were observed in rural residential area. The relative high values of noise recorded in factory premises and suburban areas were primarily due to vehicular traffic and other activities.

3.12 Water Quality The surface and ground water quality of the project area may get affected due to various factors. Assessment of baseline data on water environment (surface and ground) includes  Identification of surface water sources  Identification of ground water sources  Collection of water samples  Analyzing water samples for physio-chemical and biological parameters Methodology Assessment of water quality in the study area includes the water quality testing and assessment as per the Indian standard IS 10500:2012 (drinking water standard).

The surface and ground water sampling was carried out by using central pollution control board (CPCB) guidelines. A sample container was properly cleaned and rinsed with sample

102 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

for three-four times before it was filled. Sample containers were labeled properly and sample code, sampling date was clearly marked on container.  Surface water sample was collected from surface water body about 30 cm below the water surface using grab sampling method.  Ground water samples were collected from bore well & dug well  Water samples from various locations in and around the project site within 10 km radius were collected for assessment of the physico-chemical and bacteriological quality.  Methodologies adopted for analysis were according to the IS methods.  The parameters thus analyzed were compared with IS 10500:2012.

3.13.1 Surface Water Sampling location & frequency Surface water samples were collected from three different locations within the study area as shown in Table 3.13 and Fig 3.12 once in May 2018.

Table 3.13: Surface water sampling locations Sampling Location Aerial Geographical Direction Type Stations distance w.r.t coordinates w.r.t project Code project site site SW1 Nagthane 2 17° 1'14.79"N, W Down (Krishna river) 74°23'8.99"E stream SW2 Shirgaon 1.35 17° 1'44.70"N, NE Up stream (Krishna river ) 74°22'54.57"E

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 103

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report

Figure 3.12: Water sampling location Results

104 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Surface water quality analysis report The result of the surface water monitoring station is summarized in the below Table 3.14. Table 3.14: Results of surface water sampling

Sr.No. Parameters SW1 SW2 Unit IS:10500:2012 Required Standards Chemical Potability 1. Biochemical Oxygen Demand 04 10 mg/l N,S 2. Chemical Oxygen Demand 15 37 mg/l N,S 3. pH at 25 oC 7.31 7.26 - 6.50 to 8.50 4 Temperature 29 29 0C N.S. 5 Electrical Conductivity at 25 oC 160 150 µS/cm N.S. 6 Turbidity <1 <1 NTU ≤ 1 7 Total Dissolved Solids 108 104 mg/l ≤ 500 8 Total Solids 110 108 mg/l N.S. 9 Dissolved Oxygen 6.8 6.4 mg/l N.S 10 Acidity as CaCO3 <5 <5 mg/l N.S.

11 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 35.36 33.28 mg/l ≤ 200

12 Total Hardness as CaCO3 54.04 48.03 mg/l ≤ 200 13 Calcium as Ca 13.62 12.02 mg/l ≤ 75 14 Magnesium as Mg 4.86 4.37 mg/l ≤ 30 15 Chloride as Cl- 11.82 13.30 mg/l ≤ 250

16 Sulphates as SO4 <10 <10 mg/l ≤ 200 17 Nitrate as NO3 1.29 <1 mg/l ≤ 45

18 Ammonical Nitrogen as NH4-N <0.1 <0.1 mg/l N.S. 19 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen NH3-N <1 <1 mg/l N.S. 20 Salinity 0.021 0.024 ppt N.S. 21 Fluoride as F <0.1 <0.1 mg/l ≤ 1.0 22 Total Phosphorous <1 <1 mg/l N.S. 23 Silica as SiO3 3.04 3.63 mg/l N.S. 24 Phenol <0.001 <0.001 mg/l ≤ 0.001 25 Sodium as Na 06 07 mg/l N.S. 26 Potassium as K 02 02 mg/l N.S. 27 Hexavalent Chromium (as <0.02 <0.02 mg/l N.S. Cr6+) 28 Iron (as Fe) <0.05 <0.05 mg/l ≤ 0.3 29 Copper (as Cu) <0.04 <0.04 mg/l ≤ 0.05 30 Manganese as Mn <0.1 <0.1 mg/l ≤ 0.1 31 Nickel <0.01 <0.01 mg/l ≤ 0.01 32 Zinc as Zn <0.05 <0.05 mg/l ≤ 5 33 Boron as B <0.04 <0.04 mg/l ≤ 0.5 34 chromium <0.03 <0.03 mg/l ≤ 0.05 35 lead <0.01 <0.01 mg/l ≤ 0.01 36 cadmium <0.003 <0.003 mg/l ≤ 0.003 BACTERIOLOGICAL POTABILITY

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 105

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 01 Total Coliforms 500 900 MPN./100 ml Absent 02 Fecal coliform 300 300 MPN./100 ml Absent

Inference A review of the above chemical analysis reveals that water from Krishna River not suitable for drinking purposes due to presence of MPN in the surface water samples collected. This is due domestic activity carried out near river bank. Domestic activity like washing of utensil, cloths, animal cleaning, human and animal excreta etc. are dumped in river water. Rest all the constituents are within the limits prescribed for drinking water standards promulgated by Indian Standards (10500: 2012).

Ground Water 3.13.2 Ground water sampling location & frequency Ground water samples were collected from nine different locations within the study area as shown in Table 3.15 and Figure 3.12 once in May 2018. Table 3.15: Ground water sampling locations

Sampling Location Aerial Direction Geographical coordinates Sample Stations distance source GW1 Project site: Private - - 17° 1'6.76"N,74°22'7.16"E BW dug well near factory GW2 Shirgaon : Borewell 1.5 NE 17° 1'21"N, 74°22'36"E BW GW3 Pundi: Handpump 5.1 N 17° 4'10"N, 74°21'53"E BW GW4 Walwa:Handpump 0.81 N 17° 1'34"N, 74°22'16"E BW GW5 Ahirewadi: Bore well 3.8 SW 17° 0'26.54"N, 74°20'6.15"E BW GW6 Gatadwadi: Bore 6 SW 16°59'58.17"N,74°18'54.29"E DW well GW7 Bavachi: Dug well 5.6 S 16° 58'3"N, 74°22’13"E BW GW8 Padavalwadi: Hand 3.36 SSW 16°59'29.33"N,74°21'27.11"E BW Pump GW9 Padavalwadi: Near 2.2 S 16°59'57.87"N 74°22'0.79"E S Compost Yard

Results The results of all nine ground water monitoring stations are summarized in the below Table 3.16.

106 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Table 3.16: Results of ground water sampling

Characteristics GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 GW9 IS 10500: 2012 pH at 25 oC 7.44 7.38 7.51 7.46 7.63 7.50 7.34 7.56 7.65 6.5 - 8.5 Temp. 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 N.S. EC 1305 887 1881 1421 5467 8774 1292 3072 1374 N.S. Turbidity <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 ≤ 1 TDS 1056 698 1522 1083 3953 5903 962 2196 1093 ≤ 500

TS 1058 702 1524 1085 3955 5911 965 2198 1095 N.S.

Acidity as CaCO3 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 N.S. Total Alkalinity 153.92 208 384.8 213.2 301.6 301.6 270.4 405.6 395.2 ≤ 200 as CaCO3 Total Hardness 570.45 360.28 460.36 450.36 480.38 1341.0 490.3 520.41 500.4 ≤ 200 as CaCO3 7 9 Calcium as Ca 144.28 64.12 72.14 64.12 56.11 184.36 92.18 65.12 76.15 ≤ 80 Magnesium as 51.05 48.62 68.06 70.49 82.65 213.92 63.20 87.51 75.36 ≤ 30 Mg Chloride as Cl- 78.84 27.59 68.98 128.11 739.13 2020.2 137.9 344.92 86.72 ≤ 250 Sulphates as 176.04 32.81 226.04 73.43 235.41 605.72 71.87 373.43 77.60 ≤ 200 SO4 Nitrate as NO3 5.08 31.16 16.18 13.87 24.04 24.59 41.02 43.05 28.48 ≤ 45 Ammonical <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.2 N.S. Nitrogen as NH4-N Total Kjeldahl <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 2.5 N.S. Nitrogen Salinity 0.142 0.049 0.12 2.31 1.33 3.64 0.24 0.62 0.15 N.S. Fluoride <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 ≤ 1.0 Total <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 N.S. Phosphorous Silica as SiO3 21.93 17.98 35.37 29.05 60.8 91.89 32.01 55.92 51.97 N.S. Phenol <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 ≤ 0.001 Sodium 27 28 52 26 94 154 55 74 68 N.S. Potassium 09 9 14 08 22 66 10 18 15 N.S. Hexavalent <0.01 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.01 <0.02 N.S. Chromium (Cr6+) Iron (as Fe) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 ≤ 0.3 Copper (as Cu) <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 ≤ 0.05 Manganese as <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 ≤ 0.1 Mn Nickel <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 ≤ 0.01 Zinc as Zn <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 ≤ 5 Chromium <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 ≤ 0.05 Lead <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 ≤ 0.01 Cadmium <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 ≤ 0.003 Total coliforms <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 900 <2 Absent Fecal coliform <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 500 <2 Absent

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 107

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report All values are in mg/ except pH, EC and Biological

Inference Higher electrical conductivity of water sample was recorded in bore well, hand pump water in at Ahirewadi and Gatadwadi due to increase in concentration of dissolved ions in water in summer season. High levels of nitrate in groundwater are associated with agricultural activity observed at Padavalwadi. Increasing TDS concentration, hardness is due to salts enter groundwater through dissolution of soil, rock, and organic material. In summer season might be due to low water level and high rate of evaporation of water and addition of calcium and magnesium salts. Heavy metals are not detected in all the samples.

3.13 Soil Environment Soil is the unconsolidated material on the earth surface that serves as a natural medium for plant growth. Medium black and deep black soil is observed in the project area.

Methodology

 Site visit and collection of soil sample  Manual sample collection using hammer and container bags for collecting undisturbed top soil.  Sample was taken from the surface to plough depth 0-22 cm  Recently fertilized, old bunds, marshy spots, near trees, compost heaps and farm sheds etc. these locations are avoided at the time of sampling.  Each Sample collected was a uniformly thick 2cm slice of soil from the exposed soil face V in shaped hole.

108 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Sampling location & frequency Soil samples were collected from eight different locations within the study area as shown in Table 3.17 and Fig 3.13 once in May 2018. Table 3.17: Soil sampling locations

Sampling Location Distance Direction Geographical coordinates Stations S1 Project Location - 17° 1'8.38"N, 74°22'18.26"E S2 Shirgaon 1.5 NE 17° 1'21"N, 74°22'36"E S3 Pundi 5.1 N 17° 4'10"N, 74°21'53"E S4 Walwa 0.81 N 17° 1'34"N, 74°22'16"E S5 Ahirewadi 3.8 SW 17° 0'26.54"N, 74°20'6.15"E S6 Gatadwadi 6 SW 16°59'58.17"N,74°18'54.29"E S7 Bavachi 5.6 S 16° 58'3"N, 74°22’13"E S8 Padavalwadi 3.36 SSW 16°59'29.33"N,74°21'27.11"E

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 109

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report

Figure 3.13: Soil sampling location

110 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Results The results of all eight soil monitoring stations are summarized in the below Table 3.18. Table 3.18: Results of soil sampling

Characteristics Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 Texture - Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam Percentage of different components Sand % 23 27 28 23 28 29 27 23 Silt % 32 32 30 28 26 24 25 29 Clay % 45 41 42 49 46 47 48 48 Soil Moisture % 7.00 6.66 7.02 6.71 6.83 7.13 6.96 6.91 Bulk Density g/cm2 0.85 1.13 1.54 1.05 1.12 1.24 0.92 1.00 Water Holding % 60.0 60.6 61.5 60.1 56.4 60.9 55.8 54.7 Capacity pH -- 7.62 7.92 7.77 8.02 7.98 8.04 7.45 7.90 Conductivity µs/cm 502.4 616.8 459.8 648.2 518.6 579.8 624.8 678.4 Organic Carbon % 0.85 0.79 0.92 0.97 0.76 0.82 0.83 0.90 Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg 216.4 228.4 236.4 244.4 219.5 240.4 220.4 228.0 Magnesium (as mg/kg 85.6 91.5 89.2 99.6 93.5 92.3 94.6 89.9 Mg) Available kg/ha 200.3 202.4 188.0 175.3 188.2 213.0 175.5 162.9 Nitrogen Phosphorous (as kg/ha 7.12 6.86 6.56 6.49 5.88 6.14 7.01 6.19 P) Potassium (as K) kg/ha 268.6 274.9 275.5 212.5 244.2 268.1 255.2 229.7 Iron (as Fe) mg/kg 3.5 4.2 3.75 4.65 3.82 4.13 4.02 3.33 Zinc (as Zn) mg/kg 0.65 0.55 0.73 0.82 0.79 0.90 0.88 0.69 Copper (as Cu) mg/kg 0.52 0.63 0.65 0.64 0.55 0.61 0.49 0.57 Sodium mg/kg 31.8 32.3 34.6 33.5 36.9 30.2 29.6 36.2 Manganese (as mg/kg <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 Mn) Total Chromium mg/kg <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 (as Cr) Nickel (as Ni) mg/kg <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 Cadmium (Cd) mg/kg <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 Lead (as Pb) mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 Sodium - 2.79 2.54 2.70 2.55 2.88 2.78 2.58 2.84 Adsorption Ratio

Inference

 All the samples having pH in range of 7.62 to 8.04

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 111

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report  Conductivity of the samples is in between 459.8 to 678.4 mho/cm. Village Upalve has the highest conductivity value.  NPK concentration in all the soil samples are in the range of 162.9 to 200.3, 5.88 to 7.12 and 212.5 to 275.5 kg/ha respectively.  Soil Organic Matter also acts the major sink and source of soil carbon. The concentration of the organic matter in the soil is 0.76 to 0.97 %.  Heavy metals like Copper, Cadmium, Lead, Boron, Chromium, Manganese, and Molybdenum are not detected in all the samples.  Overall it is observed that the soils of the region are good for agriculture

3.14 Ecology Biodiversity 3.14.1 Flora The floral and faunal studies were conducted in the month of May 2018 for the entire project area covering 10 km radial distance from the project site. The sites for terrestrial and aquatic ecology sampling were identified during the reconnaissance survey and sampling was carried out thereafter. An ecological study of the ecosystem is essential to understand the impact of industrialization and urbanization on existing flora and fauna of the study area. Study on various aspects of ecosystem plays an important role in identifying sensitive issues for undertaking appropriate action to mitigate the impacts, if any. The present study was under taken as a part of the EIA study report to understand the present status of ecosystem prevailing in the study area, to compare it with past condition with the help of available data, to predict changes as a result of project activities and to suggested measures for maintaining its health. Methodology  Site visit to study the floral and faunal communities within the study area.  The methodology adopted for faunal survey involves random survey, diurnal bird observation, active search for reptiles and review of previous studies.  Visual assessment of the diversity pattern of the floral species.  Observation for endemic species, threatened species, if any present in the study area.

112 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

 References used to identify the representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological communities listed by Indian wild Life Protection Act, 1972, ENVIS Database, IUCN Database, Red Data Book. The status of individual species was assessed using the revised IUCN/SSC category system.  Field reference book namely Common Indian Wild Flower by Issac Kehimkar, Flowers and Further Flowers of Sahyadri by Shrikant Ingalhalikar and Birds of Indian Subcontinent by Richard Grimmett are used for the identification of flora and birds. Monitoring location & frequency The baseline study, for the evaluation of the floral and faunal biodiversity of the study area, with in 10 km radius from the proposed project has been conducted during May, 2018. Observations during site visit Tree species name recorded during the site visit and while interacting with local people which are presented in Table 3.19.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 113

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report

Figure 3.14: Ecological sampling location

114 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Table 3.19: Tree species observed during field visit Sr. No. Common Name Species Name Family Trees 1. Australian acacia Acacia auriculiformis Mimosaceae 2. Babul Acacia arabica Fabaceae 3. Khair Acacia catechu Fabaceae 4. Chiku Achras zapota L. Sapotaceae 5. Maharukh Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Simaroubaceae 6. Sirish Albizia lebbeck Fabaceae 7. Sirish Albizia lebbeck Fabaceae 8. Saptparni Alstonia scholaris Apocynaceae 9. Neem Azadirachta indica Linn. Meliaceae 10. Apta Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Caesalpiniaceae 11. Katesawar Bombax ceiba Linn. Bombacaceae 12. Boganvel Bougainvillea spectabilis Willd. Nyctaginaceae 13. Palas Butea monosperma Fabaceae 14. Shankasur Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L.) Sw. Caesalpiniaceae 15. Rui Calotropis gigantea (L.) Ait. Apocynaceae 16. Papaya Carica papaya L. Caricaceae 17. Suru Casuarina equisetifolia L. Casuarinaceae 18. Shisoo dalbergia shishoo 19. Gulmohar Delonix regia Fabaceae 20. Pangara Erythrina indica L. Papilionaceae 21. Nilgiri Eucalyptus tereticornis Myrtaceae 22. Vad Ficus bengalensis Moraceae 23. Ficus tree Ficus benjamina Moraceae 24. Peepal Ficus religiosa Moraceae 25. Silver Oak Grevillea robusta Proteaceae 26. Jasvand Hibiscus rosa-sinensis L Malvaceae 27. Waval Holoptelea integrifoli Ulmaceae 28. Nil Mohor Jacaranda acutifolia Bignoniaceae 29. Subhabul Leucaena latisiliqua (L.) Mimosaceae 30. Amba Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae 31. Indian Cork Millingtonia hortensis Bignoniaceae 32. Shevaga Moringa oleifera Lamk Musaceae 33. Singapore Cherry Muntingia calabura Muntingiaceae 34. Kaner Nerium indicumMill Apocynaceae 35. Parijatak Nyctanthes arbor-tristis Linn. Oleaceae 36. Copperpod Peltophorum pterocarpum Fabaceae

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 115

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 37. Shindi Phoenix sylvestris Roxb Arecaceae 38. Avala Phyllanthus emblica Phyllanthaceae 39. Vilayati chinch Pithecelobuim dulce Mimosaceae 40. Yellow chafa Plumeria alba L. Pandhara Apocynacea 41. Red Cafa Plumeria rubra L. Apocynacea 42. Karanj Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Leguminosae 43. Saundad (Shami) Prosopic spicigera Fabaceae 44. Peru Psidium guajava L. Myrtaceae 45. Castor Ricinus Communis Euphorbiaceae 46. Rain tree Samanea saman Mimosacea 47. Chandan Santalum album Santalaceae 48. Kasid Senna siamea Fabaceae 49. Pichakari Spathodea campanulata Bignoniaceae 50. Jamun Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae 51. Jambhul Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Myrtaceae 52. Tabernaemontana divaricata (L.) Tagar R.Br Apocynaceae 53. Chinch Tamarindus indica Fabaceae 54. Teak Tectona grandis Lamiaceae 55. Desi badam Terminalia catappa L. Combretaceae 56. Ran Bhendi Thespesia populnea Malvaceae 57. Nirgudi Vitex negundo L. Lamiaceae 58. Ghati Bor Ziziphus xylopyrus (Retz.) Willd. Rhamnaceae Shrub 59. Duranta Duranta repens L. Verbenaceae 60. Tulsizara Stachytarpheta indica Verbenaceae 61. Morpankhi Biota oriantalis Endl.(L.) Cupressaceae 62. Jaswandi Hibiscus rosa-sinensis L. Malvaceae 63. Dhaman Grewia tilifolia Tiliaceae 64. Nivdung Opuntia elatior Mill Cactaceae 65. Dhotra Datura fastuosa Solanaceae 66. Ghaneri Lantana camara Verbenaceae 67. Lokhandi Ixora coccinea Ixoroideace 68. Madhumalati Combretum indicum Combretaceae Herbs 69. Tulas Ocimum sanctum L. Lamiaceae 70. Chitrak Plumbago zeylanica Plumbaginaceae 71. Gokhru Tribulus terrestris Zygophyllaceae 72. Kardu Celosia argentea L. Acanthaceae 73. Sadafully Catharanthus roseus Apocynaceae

116 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

74. Takla Cassia tora Fabaceae 75. Unhali Tephorsia villosa Fabaceae 76. Tarwad Cassia auriculata L Caesalpiniaceae 77. Aboli Crossandra infundibuiformis L. Acanthaceae 78. Ekdandi Tridax procumbens Acanthaceae 79. Congress grass Parthenium hysterophorus L. Asteraceae 80. Pivala Dhotra Argemone mexicana L. Papaveraceae 81. Aghada Achyranthes aspera Amarantaceae 82. Asthma Euphorbia hirta Euphorbieaceae 83. Gokarna Clitoria ternatea L. Fabaceae 84. Kate koranti Barleria prionitis L Acanthaceae Climbers 85. Utaran Pergularia daemia Araceaeae 86. Kartoli Momordica dioica Cucurbitaceae 87. Gulvel Tinospora cordifolia Menispermaceae 88. Morvel Clematis gouriana Ranunculaceae 89. Gokarna Clitoria ternatea Fabaceae 90. Shatavari Asparagus racemosus Grasses 91. Bamboo Bambusa vulgaris Mimosaceae 92. Durva Cynadon dactylon Poaceae 93. Marvel Dichanthium annulatum Poeceae 94. Pandhri-kusal Aristida funiculata Poaceae 95. Kunda Ischaemum pilsum Poeceae 96. Kusal Aristida redacta Poaceae 97. Ganesh Vel Ipomoea quamoclit L.,

3.14.2 Faunal Studies Faunal studies were restricted to major groups such as reptiles, birds, and mammals. For preparation of the checklist of fauna of the project area, direct sightings during various baseline studies, discussion with local communities regarding presence or absence of species and literature studies were taken into consideration. The areas reported for the presence of the species were visited during the day as well as night. Apart from the direct sightings of the animals during visits, indirect signs such as dry skin, pugmarks, calls, and droppings were also considered as an indicator for the presence of the species. Field reference book namely ‘Birds of Indian Subcontinent’ by Richard Grimmett.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 117

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Table 3.20: Faunal species observed during field visit Sr. No Common Name Scientific Name Mammals 1 Squirrel Funambulus palmarum 2 Indian Grey Mongoose Herpested edwardsil 3 Common Cat Felis silvestris catus 4 Cow Bos primigenius 5 Domestic Buffalo Bubalus bubalis 6 Goat Capra hircus aegagrus 7 Common Dog Canis lupus familiaries Amphibians/ Reptiles 1 Common Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor 2 Fan throated Lizard Sitana ponticeriana 3 Monitor Lizard Varanus bengalensis 4 Indian Bull Frog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus 5 Brahminy Skink Mabuya carinata 6 Northern House Gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis 7 common tree frog Polypedates leucomystax 8 Indian bullfrog Rana tigrina 9 Common Indian toad Bufo melanostictus 10 Brook’s Gecko Hemidactylus brookii 11 Blind Snake Ramphotyphlops braminus 12 Cobra Naja naja 13 House Gecko Hemidactylus brooki 14 Rock Lizard Psmmophilus blanfordanus 15 Common Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor Butterfly 1 Common Grass Yellow Eurema hecabe 2 Common Indian Crow Euploea core 3 Red Pierrot Talicada nyseus 4 Blue Mormon Papilio polymnestor 5 Blue Pansy junonia orithya 6 Chocolate Pansy Junonia iphita 7 Common Evening Brown Melanitis leda Dragon flies and Damselflies 1 Senegal Golden Dartlet Ischnura senegalensis 2 Yellow Bush Dart Copera marginipus 3 Ditch Jewel Brachythemis contaminata 4 Crimson Marsh Glider Trithemis aurora 5 Long legged Marsh Skimmer Trithemis Pallidinerries

118 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Table 3.21: Ave species observed during field visit Sr. No. Common Name Scientific Name 1. Painted Partridge Francolinus pictus Least Concern 2. Black Kite Milvasmigrans NA 3. Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis NA 4. Indian robin Saricoloides fulicata NA 5. Little cormorant Phalacrocoras niger NA 6. Jungle crow Corrus macrorhynehw NA 7. Darter Anhinga Melanigaster NA 8. Pond heron Ardeola gragisi NA 9. River turn Sterna auranta NA 10. Cotton teal Etapus coromandelisanus NA 11. Kingfisher Halcyon Pisteata NA 12. Grey heron Ardea cinerca NA 13. Purple sunbird Nectarinia asiatica Least Concern 14. Baya Weaver Ploceus philippinus Least Concern 15. Blue rock pigeon Columba livia Least Concern 16. Myna Acridotheres tristis N.A. 17. Indian Grey hornbill Ocyceros birostris Least Concern 18. Brahmini Kite Haliasture Indus N.A. 19. Crow Corvus Splendens Least Concern 20. Pond Heron Ardeola Grayii Least Concern 21. White breasted water hen Amaurnis Phoenicurus N.A. 22. Red Vent Bulbul Pycnonotus sps. N.A. 23. Red whispered Bulbul P.Jocosus N.A. 24. Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis Least Concern 25. Tailor Bird Ortomus Sutorius N.A. 26. Purple Sun Bird Nectarina Asiatica N.A. 27. Little Green Bee Eater Merops Orientalis Least Concern 28. Rose ringed parakeet Psittacula Krameri Least Concern 29. Barn Owl Halcyon chloris Least Concern 30. Kingfisher Alcedo atthis Least Concern 31. Lark Alaudidae Least Concern 32. Coppersmith barbet Megalaima haemacephala Least Concern 33. Green bee-eater Merops orientalis Least Concern 34. Pied bush chat Saxicola caprata Least Concern 35. Black drongo Dicrus adsimilis NA 36. Common swallow Hirando rustica NA 37. Koel Eudynamys scolopacea Least Concern 38. Large Indian parakeet Psiltacula eupatria NA 39. Shrike Disambiguation NA 40. Hoopoe Upupa epops Least Concern 41. Crow pheasant Centropus cinensis NA

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 119

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 3.14.3 Cropping Pattern Agriculture is the main occupation in the district. About 65 percent of population in the area engaged in agricultural and related activities. Grain crops, Jawar, Bajara, Soybean, and to the some extent sugar-cane are grown on a large scale in the district. Sugarcane is largely cultivated in irrigated area. Diversified from of agricultural, in term of cultivation of crops, is the main feature of the area, Soybean, Bajara, Rabi Jawar, Kharif Jawar, Pulses, Wheat, Sugarcane ,etc are important crops of the areas Table 3.22: Major Crops of the region Sr. No. Crops 1. Wheat 2. Jawar 3. Bajara 4. Maize 5. Other cereals 6. Total pulses 7. Total food grains 8. Sugarcane 9. Oilseeds 10. Turmeric spices 11. Vegetables and Misc. 12. Rice Fruit Crop 13. Grape 14. Pomegranate 15. Mango 16. Banana 17. Coconut 18. Custard Apple 19. Lemon

Interpretation The vegetation of the area is deciduous type along with open scrub land. As per the ecological studies conducted it can be seen that the study area shows extreme species diversity. Total 97 floral species recorded & no RET floral species is reported in the study area. The most abundant species in the study areas are, Acasia Sp. Azadirachta indica Linn., Agave cantula Roxb, Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers., Heteropogon triticeus (R.Br.), Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels, Pongamia pinnata (L.) etc.

120 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Seven species of Mammals, 12 species of Amphibian & 3 Reptiles and 41 species of birds were recorded in and around the periphery of the project during the study period.

3.15 Socio-economic Environment In order to study the socio-economic aspects of the communities living in and around proposed project, the required data has been collected from the publications of Census Department, (2011 Census) Government of India. The growth of any economy is dependent on various factors which include availability of natural resources, presence of feasible climatic conditions, skilled man-power, infrastructural support and a steady orientation and research towards growth and development. A vast range of developmental projects have been carried out in the country. Their sole purpose has been improving the living conditions of the citizens. All developmental activities are primarily centered on human development. However, when a country needs to grow in terms of its industrial and technological standing, infrastructural development is necessary. Infrastructure ranges from providing resources to employing sets of skilled manpower for obtaining the desired results. All these elements when balanced at an international level bring about global development. At a local level when such activities are to be scoped socio-economic surveys play a key role. They not only emphasize the individual standing of a community but also delineate the possible socio-economic outcomes of any project. They include all the elements; from the conditions of the people living in that area to their working status. When developmental activities are about to occur in any area the socio-economic standing of the locality comes to the forefront. A socio-economic survey highlights all the characteristics that jointly constitute a community. To conduct this study both primary and secondary data sources are used. The methodology applied for primary data collection is as follows Sampling Method A purposive random sampling method has applied for selection of respondents from various sections of the society. Before that about 27 villages within the study area were

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 121

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report chosen and data is collected from various respondents i.e. farmers, teachers, labors, etc. The purposive random sampling method is helpful to choose right samples for the study. Data Collection Method In order to assess and evaluate the likely impacts arising out of any developmental projects on socioeconomic environment, it is necessary to gauge the apprehensions of the people in the project area. For the process of data collection through primary and secondary sources, following methods are used Field survey and observations Field Survey and Observations is made at each sampling village and the quality of life of that region is studied. The census data is collected from census department. A thoughtful questionnaire is prepared and during survey the questions were asked to the respondents and given information is recorded. Interview Method The interview method has the advantage that almost all perfect sample of the general population can be reached and respond to the approach. Interview method helps to collect more correct and accurate information as the interviewer is present during the field survey. The respondents were asked for their awareness/opinion about the region and also of their opinion about the impacts of the proposed project area which is an important aspect of socio-economic environment, viz. job opportunities, education, health care, housing, transportation facility, and economic status. The salient observations recorded during survey in the study area:

 Majority of the respondents are engaged in Cultivation activity while near about 50% of the population are engaged in agricultural and its allied activities. The main crop grown in the study area is Sugar cane, Rice, Jawar, Ground nut etc.  Sanitation facilities are unsatisfactory in the study area. There are open drains from where the domestic waste water is disposed. People are not at all aware and careful about hygiene and cleanliness, this has resulted to increase of health problems in the area  Power supply facility is available in almost villages and town in the study area mostly for domestic purpose  Drinking water sources is mostly from wells and hand pump. As regard to the

122 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

drinking water facility  Medical facilities in terms of primary health center and primary health sub centers in the rural areas are good. The hospitals are available, have very good facilities. Doctors and nurse visit the villages for providing medical treatment.  Transportation facility is seen very satisfactory in the study area because the road conditions are very good and satisfactory.  Almost all the people use Kerosene, LPG as a main source of fuel and few people use wood for cooking purpose  Sufficient communication facility are available in the study area  Educational facilities are available in the form of primary and middle schools. In some villages, it is extended up to high school. For higher studies people avail the facility from the nearest town  Houses of the region are mostly puccha house  Awareness among the people regarding the study region project is poor

3.15.1 Demography of the Taluka Dynamics of population is one of the prime aspects in environmental studies. The demographic attributes such as population growth, population density and its distribution, sex composition, etc. are used to understand the condition of the region. In this phase basic population aspects are studied. The available data is tabulated and graphical presentation is made to understand the things better way. The above given figure depicts total population of the study area for year 2001 and 2011. It also represents the change in population during 10 years’ time period. It is noticed that the population is increased from 0.81% and maximum up to 11.79 %.Another important aspect of demography is composition of male female population. In the study area the count of female is low as compare to male. The population of SC is very high as compare with ST population. Only in village Walwa the count of ST population is near about equal to SC population. Walwa Taluka of Sangli district has total population of 456,002 as per the Census 2011. Out of which 235,160 are males while 220,842 are females. In 2011 there were total

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 123

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 94,554 families residing in Walwa Taluka. The Average Sex Ratio of Walwa Taluka is 939.

As per Census 2011 out of total population, 22.9% people lives in urban areas while 77.1% lives in the Rural areas. The average literacy rate in urban areas is 86.4% while that in the rural areas is 84.9%. Also the Sex Ratio of Urban areas in Walwa Taluka is 949 while that of Rural areas is 936.

The population of Children of age 0-6 years in Walwa Taluka is 46296 which is 10% of the total population. There are 25626 male children and 20670 female children between the ages 0-6 years. Thus as per the Census 2011 the Child Sex Ratio of Walwa Taluka is 807 which is less than Average Sex Ratio ( 939 ) of Walwa Taluka.

The total literacy rate of Walwa Taluka is 85.21%. The male literacy rate is 81.39% and the female literacy rate is 71.41% in Walwa Taluka.

Table 3.19: Demography at a Glance within 10 km Study Area Sr. No. Demographic parameters Details 1. Number of villages 26 2. Total no. of residential households 55055 3. Total population 264673 4. Sex ratio (female per thousand male) 936 5. Literates (%) 86.1481 6. Main workers (%) 63244

124 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Figure 3.15: Village map of 10 km study area

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 125

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Table 3.20: Village’s wise demography at a glance within 10 km Study Area Sr. Name No of Population Schedul Scheduled Literat Total Tribe No. Househ Total Male Female ed Caste e % worker old 1. Borgaon 2,208 11,229 5,746 5,483 1,234 64 84.45 654 2. Satapewadi 144 679 351 328 20 0 86.17 282 3. Ghogaon 501 2,315 1,210 1,105 506 0 86.73 1,046 4. Dudhondi 1,513 7,435 3,795 3,640 1,093 39 83.70 2,954 5. Pundiwadi 106 556 278 278 0 0 91.04 183 6. Kundal 3,765 18,287 9,432 8,855 1,744 164 86.51 6,812 7. Palus 5,379 26,151 13,72 12,422 2,851 162 87.74 9,410 9 8. Nagrale 589 3,181 1,597 1,584 386 10 86.66 1,065 9. Burli 1,266 5,850 3,060 2,790 586 13 86.55 2,634 10. Amanapr 1,132 5,599 2,859 2,740 433 22 87.57 2,277 11. Shirgaon 248 1,004 497 507 132 1 79.80 618 12. Uran- 14,376 67,391 34,43 32,956 82486 - 87.88 - Islampur 5 13. Walwa 4,039 19,612 10,18 9,425 1,317 - 83.05 8,685 7 14. Kameri 2,158 10,477 5,399 5,078 1,216 11 90.59 4,548 15. Tujapur 402 2,006 1,058 948 259 5 88.18 830 16. Gatadwadi 327 1,586 847 739 19 84.71 837 17. Bavchi 1,687 8,570 4,535 4,035 1,076 38 87.16 4,055 18. Pokharni 368 1,727 898 829 358 86.54 1,136

19. Phalkewadi- 330 1,598 807 791 6 8 87.26 714 Chandachiw adi 20. Ashta 7,709 37,105 19,17 17,934 - - 83.60 - 1 21. Mirajwadi 507 2,320 1,211 1,109 268 6 83.40 1,008 22. Mardawadi 376 1,897 1,019 878 83 0 85.22 973 23. Bhilwadi 2,130 9,551 4,974 4,577 1,222 51 85.68 4,202 24. Ankalkhop 1,972 9,706 5,055 4,651 1,547 48 87.48 4,400 25. Nagthane 1,363 6,575 3,406 3,169 973 70 84.80 3,118 26. Padavalwadi 460 2,266 1,152 1,114 101 0 89.77 803

3.15.2 Health status

As per the National Health Policy (1983), Primary Health Care has been accepted as main instrument for achieving this goal of development and strengthening rural health infrastructure through a three-tier system, viz., Primary Health Centre (PHCs), Sub Centres and Community Health Centre, which have been established.

126 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

During discussion with the supervisor of PHC of the region it has been revealed that the general prevailing diseases in the region are Gastroenteritis, Diarrhea, hypertension, Fever and Malaria. Cough, cold, viral fever, diabetes, hypertension, and tuberculosis are the common diseases prevalent in the study area. Every Primary health centre organizes immunization camp, pulse polio camp, eye camp, ANC and PNC clinic and respiratory clinic.

3.15.3 Cultural and aesthetic attributes All most all villages have temples in their villages. All people celebrate all Hindu festival commonly few villages celebrate grand yatra and puja in their villages. Villagers celebrate Ganesh chaturthi, Shiv Jayanti, Hanuman Jayanti and Gram Dev puja. Proposed project don’t disturb any cultural and aesthetic environment in study area. 3.15.4 Infrastructure resource base The infrastructure resources base of the study area with reference to education, medical facility, water supply, post and telegraph, transportation and communication facility and power supply etc are available in the area. The infrastructure resources details have been abstracted from village Directory CD 2011 of Maharashtra State and are described below:

Education: Educational facilities are available in all of the villages in the study area. Literacy rate of the study area is quite good that is about 80 %. Primary, Middle and Higher schools are available in the villages. College facility is available in nearby town. Female literacy is good; people attitude regarding female education is good.

Drinking Water: The water supply in the region is mostly through wells and hand pumps. For drinking purpose people are using only ground water supply, but very few hand pumps are available for drinking water.

Communication and Transportation: Transportation is to the satisfactory level in the villages. Bus service is available in all most all villages. The roads condition is good and also properly maintained. Most of the villages in the study area have the communication facility i.e. post office at village. Private telephone connections in most of the villages.

Power Supply: Almost all villages are electrified in the region and electricity is available for domestic purpose in all the villages while power supply used for agricultural purpose is

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 127

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report rare.

Medical/Primary Health Care: Medical facilities in terms of; primary health center and primary health sub centers are adding medical facility in the villages. Primary Health Centre in the study area is available at a distance of 0-5 km in the villages & primary health sub centers are also available in most of the village. Community Health worker & doctors visit villages periodically & provide health facilities to the people. Vaccination & health camps are also organized by PHC to aware the people about family planning, hygiene, & health care.

Observation The salient observations recorded during survey in the study area:  Majority of the respondents are engaged in agriculture activity and its allied activities. The main crop grown in the study area is Sugarcane  Sanitation facilities are unsatisfactory in the study area. There are open drains from where the domestic waste water is disposed. People are not at all aware and careful about hygiene and cleanliness, this has resulted to increase of health problems in the area.  Power supply facility is available in almost villages and town in the study area mostly for domestic purpose.  Drinking water sources is mostly from gram Panchayat water supply also from wells and hand pump. As regard to the drinking water facility people expressed that the quality of river water is poor.  Medical facilities in terms of primary health center and primary health sub centers in the rural areas are good. The hospitals are available, have very good facilities. Doctors and nurse visit the villages for providing medical treatment. Primary Health Center Islampur also started emergency ward for casualty  Transportation facility is seen very satisfactory in the study area because the road conditions are very good and satisfactory

 People awareness about the factory and its operation is good. Villagers do not have

any problem from Karkhana operation.

128 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

3.16 Existing industries in the study area 1. Rajarabapu Patil Sahakari S. Karakhana Sakhrale - 15 Kms. 2. Kranti Sahakari Sakhar Karakhana Ltd. Kundal - 25 Kms. 3. Vasantdada Shetkari Sahakari Sakhar Karkhana Ltd. - 35 Kms. 4. Sonhira Sahakari Sakhar Karakhana Ltd.Wangi - 40 Kms. 5. Vishwas Sahakari Sakhar Karakhana Ltd. Chikhali - 40 Kms.

3.17 Conclusion All the basic facilities like road and rail connectivity, medical and educational facilities and other required basic facilities are available in and around the project site to some extent. Due to upcoming proposed project, there will be additional requirement of facilities by the employees of the project. Hence, to fulfill the demand of the area and also to have proper and timely service for other activities for the project, there will be overall development of the area, district and state and therefore of the country.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 129

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report CHAPTER IV: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENT IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES This chapter deals with the prediction and evaluation of impacts resulting from the proposed project activity. Predictions are superimposed over baseline environmental status to derive ultimate environmental scenario. The impact of the proposed sugar mill, cogeneration power plant, and distillery plant has been considered and discussed in this chapter.

4.1 Identification of the Impact Both beneficial (positive) and adverse (negative) impacts on various components of environment due to proposed expansion are identified, based on the nature of the various activities associated with the proposed project operations. Environment impact analysis gives an indication of ways to consider modeling the project to mitigate adverse impacts through best practicable environmental option or alternate processes. Based on the present environmental scenario and baseline data, an exercise has been done to identify and evaluate the impact on the environment of the study area due to the proposed project. This “significant effect” is required to be neutralized to a level of “insignificance”. This can be brought about by various tools like: in plant measures, segregation, environment friendly process and collectively termed as pollution control say by providing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) and Emission Control Equipment’s (ECE) etc. Predictions are superimposed over baseline environmental status to derive ultimate environmental scenario. The impact of the existing as well as proposed unit has been considered and discussed in this chapter. “Environmental Impact” refers to the alteration of environmental conditions or creation of a new set of environmental conditions, adverse or beneficial, caused or induced by the action or set of actions under consideration. Both the beneficial (positive) and adverse (negative) impacts on various components of environment due to proposed Project are identified, based on the nature of the various activities associated with the proposed project operations. Environment impact analysis gives an indication of ways to consider modeling the project to mitigate adverse impacts through best practicable environmental option or alternate processes.

130 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Based on the present environmental scenario and baseline data, an exercise has been done to identify and evaluate the impact on the environment of the study area due to the proposed project. The proposed project may influence the environment of the area in two phases: Phase I: During the Construction period, the impact may be temporary or short term Phase II: During the Operation Phase which may have long term effects. 4.1.1 Phase I The construction phase of the project is expected to last for about one year. Hence, all construction impacts on the environment can be considered short term as compared to the operational impacts. During construction stage, excavation, material storage and movement, vehicular movement, mixing operation etc. will generate fugitive dust pollution and vehicular emissions at the project site. However, by taking appropriate measures as described in EMP, such impacts will be minimized. The following activities among others are likely to contribute towards impacts on the surroundings during construction phase:  Site preparation and development  Civil construction work  Vehicular movement  Loading and unloading civil items and plant machineries  On site storage of civil items & plant machineries.  Erection of plant and civil structures  Maintenance of construction machinery  Disposal of solid wastes  Accommodation for construction workers. The impacts are likely to primarily affect land use, demography and socio economics, soil and onsite noise. It could also lead to minor impacts on air and water quality and ecology. The detailed impacts & mitigation measures have been discussed in the following sections.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 131

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 4.1.2 Phase II Operational phase activities may have impacts minor or major, positive or negative on environmental discipline such as soils, surface and ground water hydrology, micro meteorology, land use, water use, water and air quality, ecology, socio economics and noise environment. The important activities contributing to environmental impacts, either adverse or beneficial are as follows:  Water Consumption  Handling of Molasses (to be used as raw material)  Spent wash  Operation of Machineries. The operational impacts in this study have been evaluated. The changes over the existing baseline quality of relevant environmental parameters as a result of the activities causing impacts due to operation have been predicted using suitable mathematical models coupled with qualitative or quantitative predictive techniques. After evaluation of the changes in relevant parameters, the consequential impacts on various aspects of the environment have been discussed.

4.1.3 Environmental parameters to be consider Impacts are identified during construction and operation phase. Below mentioned environmental parameters are considered while identifying the impact.  Air Environment Sources, ambient air quality, emission control, environment and health effects  Water Environment Sources, water & wastewater quality, environment, and health effects  Noise Environment Sources, control measures, environment and health effects  Soil/ Land Environment Land use, change in land use pattern, pollution sources, soil quality change, environment and health effects  Biological Environment

132 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Flora and fauna of the study area, vegetation, and habitat change and control measures  Socioeconomic Environment Demographical details, economic status, employment status, infrastructure availability, environment and health effects  Occupational health and Safety Environment Identification of health hazard due to operation, material handling, exposure of hazardous chemical, health and safety plan and disaster management.

4.2 Identification of Impact during construction and commissioning

phase The construction phase of the project is expected to last for about one year. Hence, all construction impacts on the environment can be considered short term as compared to the operational impacts. During construction stage, excavation, material storage and movement, vehicular movement, mixing operation etc. could be affected air quality. However, by taking appropriate measures as described in EMP, such impacts will be minimized. The following activities given in matrix among others are likely to contribute towards impacts on the surroundings during construction phase Table 4.1: Construction and commissioning phase impact matrix Environment Construction Phase

components

Project activity

Impacts on

workers

Influx of of Influx

ion work ion

Site clearing Site

construction construction

n of materi of n

Transportatio

Civil/construct

Site preparation Resources Fuel √ √ √ utilization Electricity √ √ Water √ √ Construction material ex. √ Stone Air Air Quality √ √ √ √ √ Land/ Soil Soil erosion √ √ Contamination √ √ Alteration of Soil √ √ √ √ √

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 133

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report properties/ Soil Quality Land topography √ √ √ Noise Noise pollution √ √ √ √ Ecology Effect on trees, grasses, √ √ √ √ herbs & shrubs Occupational Health √ Health & Sanitation √ Hazards Generation of temporary √ √ √ √ and permanent Jobs

4.2.1 Impacts on Air Quality The impacts on the ambient air quality during construction phase will be temporary and restricted to project site. The main sources for impact of air quality during construction period is due to movement of vehicles and construction equipment at site, dust emitted during leveling, foundation works, transportation of construction material etc. Dust would be generated during activities such as loading and unloading of construction materials, top soil removal, movement of vehicles over dusty roads and air born dust from exposed project site. Hence, during the construction phase, suspended particulate matter PM10 & PM2.5 will be the main pollutant. The emissions from vehicles and construction

equipment may also contribute to NOx and SO2.

Activities  Leveling, grading, earthworks, foundation works and other construction related activities  Transportation Impacts

 Minimal increase in SO2, NOx, PM  Dust accumulation on trees affect growth of plants  Health problems to construction workers Ex. eye irritation, coughing & sneezing Proposed mitigation measures  PUC holder trucks will be allowed.  Water sprinkling will be carried out in dust emission area.  Use of Tarpaulin on the trucks to suppress the dust.

134 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

 Use of Personal protective equipment’s will be provided to workers as and when required 4.2.2 Impacts on Noise Quality The major sources of noise during the construction phase are vehicles and construction equipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes, pumps, compressors, pneumatic tools, saws, vibrators etc. The operation of these equipment’s can generate noise levels in the range 85-90 dB (A) near the source. These noises levels will be temporary during the day time only hence will not have any significant impact on surrounding during construction phase. Activity  Excavation  Loading and unloading, fabrication etc.  Equipment and materials Handling Impacts  High noise level leads to disturbance to immediate surrounding i.e. workers, biological and social environment.  Biological environment i.e. Birds, reptiles are sensitive to high noise level. Continuous exposure of high noise level sometimes leads to Hearing defects, physical and mental retardation. Proposed mitigation Measures  Noise pollution during construction phase is temporary and restricted to project boundary only  Noise from Vehicular movement will be within the limit by implementing the policy of maintenance of Vehicles and PUC.  Peak hour traffic shall be avoided.  Daytime transportation shall be allowed to reduce the impacts of increased noise  The construction equipment / machineries shall be turned off when not in use  Loud horn of vehicles will not be allowed at project area.  Regular maintenance & lubrication of construction equipment & machineries will be undertaken to reduce the noise generation.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 135

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report  All rotating parts of construction machinery will be well lubricated  Use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs) like ear muff, ear plug.  Overall, the impact of noise generated on the environment is likely to be insignificant, reversible, and restricted to plant boundary. 4.2.3 Impacts on water quality Due to construction activities, the surface run-off during rainy season may contain more of eroded soil and other loose matter. With segregation of construction area and proper drainages, the water contamination is prevented. As far as possible, construction activities will be avoided during rainy days. Activity  Domestic activity  Runoff from construction activity during rainy season  Stagnation of sewage and construction waste water if any Impacts  Sewage generation maximum 15-20 CMD from construction labor (30-50)  Disposal of untreated sewage will causes ground pollution & foul odor in the area.  Surface run-off pollute/ alter the other end  Stagnant water attracts flies, mosquitoes, and growth of water hyacinth. Proposed mitigation Measures  Facilities like toilets, wash rooms are available with existing factory.  Generated sewage 15-20 CMD will be send to septic tank followed soak pit  The earth work will be avoided during rainy season and will be completed during the winter and summer seasons only.  The green belt in and around plant will be undertaken during the monsoon season which helps to avoid soil erosion. 4.2.4 Impacts on Land Activities  Leveling, excavation, grading, earthworks, foundation works and other construction related activities  Resources utilization  Transportation

136 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

 Waste water and solid waste from construction activity Impacts  Loss of fertility of top soil and will change the natural terrain. Fertile soil and nature of terrain supports associated living of organisms. Change in land cover affects the specific niche of the organism.  Excavated top soil will be reused for backfilling and in green belt development.  There will be tree cutting as proposed land is vacant land plot with scrubby vegetation.  Construction debris pollute aesthetics environment & human health.  Spillage & leakage of fuel spill on land may alter the soil property and wash away with the surface runoff.  Untreated sewage and garbage disposal on land may alter physical and chemical properties of soil. Open dumping or improper disposal of sewage and garbage provides breeding ground for pathogenic bacteria and other creatures which may spread diseases. Proposed mitigation measures:  Activities during construction and changes due to that shall be of short duration with no much impact. Excavated soil will be reused for backfilling and landscape development.  Spillage & leakage of fuel will be prevented by providing well lined/ paved area for the works having potential of leakage/ spillage of fuel or material. Hence contamination of land due to spillage/ leakage of fuel or construction material with soil would not arise.  Sewage generation will be very minor and will not cause harmful effect on land. Infrastructure facilities like use of toilet, canteen are available with existing factory.  The packaging materials like wooden boxes and jute wrappers will be stored and disposed of properly.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 137

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 4.2.5 Impacts on biological environment There is no wildlife sanctuary/national park/eco-sensitive area/protected area come in 10 km radius study area. Hence project would not have adverse impact on the wildlife. There will not be any tree cutting involved. Proposed expansion area is within existing factory premises. Expansion area is a vacant plot with scrubby vegetation. Hence, construction work will not be have any impact on terrestrial/aquatic eco-system. Activity  Site Clearance Impacts  Loss of grass species  Soil erosion Proposed mitigation measures:  Development of thick green belt.  Indigenous, local, nesting, tress while development of green belt 4.2.6 Impacts on Socio-economics  Proposed expansion will be in the existing sugar factory premises; hence there are no any rehabilitation problems.  Increase in floating population.  Increase in demand of ancillary services including hotels, lodges, retail shops, banks, automobile workshops, school, health care centers, public transport and other logistics services. This will help in upliftment of local people in terms of economy and social welfare  Economic upliftment of the area.  Rising of home rents, land prices and increase in labour rates.  Benefits due to the civil construction and transportation companies to the local people  The local population will have employment opportunities due to the proposed project. The local people will be preferred as laborious during the construction phase  Local people shall be given preference for employment depending on their qualification

138 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

 All the applicable guidelines under the relevant Acts and Rules related to labour welfare and safety shall be implemented during the construction phase;  The contractor shall be advised to provide fire wood/kerosene/LPG to the workers to prevent cutting of nearby trees 4.2.7 Occupational health and safety Construction activities involved many health & safety issues. Activity  Storage of hazardous material/ chemicals ex. diesel, petrol etc.  Working at height  Site sanitation  Working without protective equipment and/or safety belt Impact  Accident like falling, improper safety  Fire & explosion causes risk to human health Proposed mitigation measures:  Use of personal protective equipment’s.  Safety trainings will be conducted  Safety instructions will be placed.  Emergency preparedness plan will be implemented from construction phase  Sign boards such as safety, isolated area, risk prone area will be placed

4.3 Identification of impact during operation phase Operational phase activities may have impacts minor or major, positive or negative on environmental discipline such as soils, surface and ground water hydrology, micro meteorology, water use, water and air quality, ecology, socio economics & noise environment.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 139

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Table 4.2: Operation phase impact matrix for cumulative impact assessment Environment Operation Phase

components

Activities

Traffic

Runoff

Impacts on Products

Solid disposal

Manufacturing

Boiler operation Boiler

Effluent generation Effluent

Green belt belt development Green

Storage of raw material & & material raw of Storage

Fugitive and Stack emissions and Fugitive Resources Fuel √ √ utilization Electricity √ √ √ Water √ √ Air Air Quality √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Soil/Land Contamination √ √ √ √ Alteration of Soil √ √ √ √ √ properties/ Soil Quality Noise Noise pollution √ √ v √ √ Ecology Effect on trees, √ √ √ √ √ √ grasses, herbs & shrubs, fauna Occupational Health √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Health & Hazards Sanitation √ √ √ √ Generation of √ √ √ temporary and permanent Jobs

Major anticipated impacts are

 Water resources  Ambient air quality  Noise Levels  Water quality  Impact on flora and fauna  Socioeconomic impacts  Occupational health hazards

140 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

4.3.1 Ambient Air Environment Major air emissions are anticipated from bagasse fired boiler & slop fired boiler. Other sources of air pollution are material handling, fugitive emissions from storage area. Major activities and its impact on air environments are depicted below, Activity

 Utility emissions from boiler stacks, DG set.  Existing boilers  1 No. D.G. Set Of 1000 KVA Exist. & 2 Nos. Set Of 1000 KVA Prop which will be operated in case of power failure only.

 Air pollutants like PM10, SO2, NOx, and CO2 & VOC’s will be emitted from manufacturing process. Types of pollutant emission from Sugar, cogeneration and distillery unit is given in below, Table 4.8: Cumulative Pollutant Potential Sr. Source Pollutant No. 1. Flue gases from existing 50 TPHX1 and 28 TPHX 2(It PM10, SO2 and NOx will be demolished)

2. Flue gases from proposed 220 TPH boiler stack PM10, SO2 and NOx 3. Flue gases from 40 TPH spent wash fired boiler PM10, SO2 and NOx

 Dust generation is predicted from conveyors of bagasse, press mud, sugar grader, sugar drier, boiler ash generation and handling will be suitably covered with hood or enclosures to control fugitive emissions.  Emission from vehicular movement. Particulate emissions in the project area envisaged primarily due to emissions from traffic of, which is close to the project site. During the operation phase of the proposed project, movement of goods vehicles, loading and unloading operations may contribute to air emission.

 Other Air emissions like VOC from distillation columns, CO2, and ethanol from fermentation process.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 141

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Impacts

 Air pollution can causes harmful effect on environment and on living organism. Air pollutants can be in the form of particulate matter which can be harmful to human health. Short-term effects include irritation to the eyes, nose and throat, and upper respiratory infections such as bronchitis and pneumonia. Others include headaches, nausea, and allergic reactions. Short-term air pollution can aggravate the medical conditions of individuals with asthma and emphysema. Long-term health effects can include chronic respiratory disease, lung cancer, heart disease, and even damage to the brain, nerves, liver, or kidneys. Continual exposure to air pollution affects the lungs of growing children and may aggravate or complicate medical conditions in the elderly.

 Proposed projects leads to marginal increase in the levels of PM, SO2 and NOx as the Air Control Equipment- Electrostatic Precipitator will be installed. For exiting unit Electrostatic precipitator has been already installed.  Emission from vehicular movement leads to increase in PM level  Dust inhalation by workers will results in eye irritation , coughing & sneezing  Dust accumulation affect growth of plants  Nearest village Nagthane at 3 km in E direction and Shirgaon at ~ 1.2 km in NE direction at downwind direction may get affected due to Failure of APC equipment. Flue gases and particulate matters may cause health hazard if APC failure persist. Table 4.9: Stack details

Stack details Sugar Stack for 220 TPH Distillery stack for 40 TPH Stack Height 72 Mtr. 72 Mtr. Stack Diameter 4000 mm 3500 mm Flue gas temp 110oC 150oC Temperature of exhaust gasses 130oC 180oC Exist gas velocity 25 m/ sec. 25 m/ sec Flow rate of flue gas 2080000 416192 Emission rate PM10 0.065 g/s 0.94 g/s SO2 7.7 g/s 25.6 g/s NOx emission rate 3.8 g/sec 5.63 g/sec

142 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Table 4.10: Proximate analysis of spent wash concentrate S. No. Constituent Spent wash Value % Indian Coal % 1. Moisture Content 47.01 10 - 20 2. Volatile Matter 35.69 16 - 30 3. Ash Content 10.59-15.00 25 - 50 4. Fixed Carbon 6.71 24- 40 5. GCV (kcal/kg) 2000 2800-5000 (Source: Guidelines-Coprocessing-Distillery_Spentwash_in_Cement_Ind.pdf )& http://www.eecpowerindia.com Table 4.11: Ultimate analysis of spent wash concentrate S. No. Constituent Spent wash Value % Indian Coal % 1. Carbon 19.92 30 - 55 2. Hydrogen 2.59 2 - 4 3. Nitrogen 1.35 0.7- 1.15 4. Sulphur 0.96 0.3 - 0.8 (Source: Guidelines-Coprocessing-Distillery_Spentwash_in_Cement_Ind.pdf) & http://www.eecpowerindia.com Table 4.12: Composition of Biogas Content % CH4 50 to 60 % CO2 47 to 36 % H2S 2 to 3 % H20 1 %

Proposed mitigation measures

 Major source of air pollution will the boiler stack. Height of the proposed two stacks will be 72 m height and the stack height designed on the basis of CPCB guidelines to ensure proper disposal of gas emissions.  Fugitive emissions from raw material storage yards, loading and unloading operations will be controlled water sprinkling system, whenever necessary.  Existing stack of 30 m and 40 m will be demolished and new 72 m stack will be installed with of ESP.  Bagasse is used as fuel, to generate steam in the exiting boilers. Thus, the air pollution

could be mainly due to burning of bagasse in the boilers. Generation of SO2 and NOX are negligible as sulfur and nitrogen are present in bagasse are present.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 143

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report  For existing sugar factory, water sprinkling system is provided in strategic area for control of fugitive emissions.  In existing factory premises Bullock carts, trucks, and tractors are used for transportation.  All internal roads shall be constructed as tar roads and regular water sprinkling shall be carried out on all the Kaccha roads for preventing fugitive dust emissions.  Huge tree plantation will be carried out around plant area for minimizing environmental impacts of the proposed activities over a period of time. Plantation program shall be designed and a budget should be allocated for this purpose every year. Total 33% of the area i.e. 20.7 acres is already developed in greenbelt. Moreover, extensive plantation program is also planned this year.  Online stack emission monitoring machines has been also installed properly.  Factory is maintaining and will be maintain good housekeeping in all units.  Emergency shutdown shall be taken in case of APC failure.

Air modeling Air emissions from stacks and other sources can cause health and nuisance problems in the locality. Air Dispersion Modelling predicts emissions from a site and help explore the effect of various solutions. The air dispersion model will take the stack emissions and combine these with the weather conditions and effects of topography (hills, buildings etc.) and then predict the concentration at ground level of the emissions. The concentration of the substances are then generally compared to the ambient air quality standards.

Methodology The dispersion modeling studies of proposed pollutant was carried out using AERMOD version 8.1.0 which is also approved by United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and also recommended by the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEFCC). The AERMOD atmospheric dispersion modeling system Atmospheric dispersion modeling is the mathematical simulation of how air pollutants disperse in the ambient atmosphere. It is performed with computer programs that include algorithms to solve the mathematical equations that govern the pollutant dispersion. The

144 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

dispersion models are used to estimate the downwind ambient concentration of air pollutants or toxins emitted from sources. They can also be used to predict future concentrations under specific scenarios. Prior to air quality modeling exercise, meteorological condition of one season within the study area was studied. Concentrations were estimated for the critical pollutants over 8 and 24 hours and compared with NAAQS.

Potential Air Environment Impact Assessment During operation phase, 220 TPH boiler and 40 TPH boilers will be proposed with separate

stack. The main air pollution source are PM and SO2.

Table 4.13: Cumulative impact of Air modeling results at nearest downwind receptor locations due to proposed boilers (220+40 TPH) Pollutant Modeling results Baseline Incremental Total GLC µ PM10 54.6 0.18 54.78 SO2 14.1 6 20.1 NOx 18.7 1.71 20.41

Figure 4.1: Spatial distribution of 24-hour average PM10 conc. (g/m3)

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 145

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report

Figure 4.2: Spatial distribution of 24-hour average SO2 conc. (g/m3)

146 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Figure 4.3: Spatial distribution of 24-hour average NOx conc. (g/m3) Based on the model simulation result under observed meteorological condition, 24

hours average maximum GLC of PM10, SO2 and NOx due to Existing and proposed boilers are predicted to be approximately 0.18, 6.0 and 1.71 µg/m3 respectively and occurs at a distance at about 600 m from the common stack location in the east direction. Spatial distribution of incremental concentrations of modeled pollutants

PM10, SO2 and NOx due to both existing and proposed boilers under conservative spatial distribution on the major impact zone area 5 km x 5 km on modeling grid size of 100 m x 100 m around the proposed site are shown in Figures 4.1 to 4.3 respectively.

Predicted PM10, SO2, and NOx ground level concentration average over 24 hours due to

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 147

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report existing boilers, proposed boilers and both existing and proposed along with background and resultant concentrations at the discrete receptor locations around the project site is presented in the Tables 4.13. Model simulated result envisages that incremental ground level concentrations of critical pollutants due to proposed plant operation may be expected minimal and the resultant concentration level of PM10,

SO2, and NOx pollutants may also be expected well within the NAAQS

4.2.2.3 Impact on traffic density The transportation shall be carried out by tempos, trucks, and tractors. Hence, additional impact on air due to vehicular emission for incoming raw material is anticipated. The site is well connected by pacca internal village roads. Project site is connected to Gotkhindi-Walwa Road adjacent to the factory, Walwa-Tasgaon Road 0.8 km in NE and NH4 (Mumbai - Pune - Kolhapur – Goa) is 12 m in SW. Nearest town Islampur is 12 km away and Sangli 27 km.

Impacts during construction phase

 It is anticipated that an overall increase in traffic will occur directly as a consequence of the proposed construction.  An increase in traffic will occur to and from the project site subsequent to goods arrival. The temporary traffic impacts are not expected to affect significantly the local residents since residential development is sparse in the immediate site vicinity.  During construction phase, approx. 10-20 nos. of vehicle will run daily towards Distillery unit for carrying construction materials. Construction traffic generation should be viewed at the most as a temporary inconvenience. Impacts during operational phase

 During operation phase, approx. 120-180 nos. of vehicles will be running.  Present road condition is good with width of 8 m and capacity to carry the number of vehicle during season. Road will be maintained in good condition.  The trucks carrying coal will be covered, alcohol will be transported in tankers hence there will not be any fugitive dust/ VOC generation during transportation of raw materials, fuel, and products.

148 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

 Good traffic management system will be developed and implemented for the incoming and outgoing vehicles so as to avoid congestion on the public road.  The area is earmarked for parking.

4.2.2.2 Impacts on noise quality Noise levels will be increased during operation phase due to machineries and other industrial activities. However the impacts of noise during this phase will be restricted to plant boundary. Activity Sugar and cogeneration: Mill house, boiling house, sugar house, bagasse & ash handballing, power house, steam turbines and, transportation etc. Distillery: Fans, blowers and compressors, steam turbines etc. Impacts Existing quality of noise in the sugar and cogeneration area are given below, Steam turbines : 75.2 dB Milling : 76.2 dB Pan boiling : 72.5 dB Factory main gate: 59.5 dB

 Noise health effects are the health consequences of regular exposure, to consistent elevated sound levels.  Elevated workplace or environmental noise can cause hearing impairment, hypertension, ischemic heart disease, annoyance, and sleep disturbance. Mitigation measures

 Vibrating pads & acoustic enclosure will be provided to noise generating equipment to control noise level within norms.  Latest technology and utmost care will be taken at the time of equipment/ machinery installation.  Lubrication of moving/ rotating part or component of machineries will be done on regular basis.  The insulation provided for prevention of loss of heat and personnel safety gears

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 149

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report will also act as noise reducers  Design and layout of building to minimize transmission of noise, segregation of particular items of plant.  The operator’s cabins (control rooms) will be properly (acoustically) insulated with special doors with observation windows.  The operators working in the high-noise areas will be provided with ear-muffs or plugs.  Acoustic enclosures and silencers will be provided to the Equipment wherever necessary.  Proper green belt will be developed to reduce the noise level. Thus, it is envisaged that there will not be any adverse impacts of noise. The greenbelt developed within the premises will have significant beneficial impacts on reduction of noise within the periphery and outside the boundary.

4.2.2.3 Odor management Activity

 Typical compounds generating odor in sugar industry are acetic acid, ethyl alcohol, / butyl alcohol, bacterial decomposition of organic matter (stale cane smell) & bacterial

decomposition of sulfur compounds (H2S), NH3.  Causes of odor are stale cane, bad mill sanitation, bacterial growth in the interconnecting pipes & unattended drains etc.  Typical odor compounds in distillery are molasses storage tank, spent wash, alcohol, iso amyl & iso butyl alcohol (fuel oils), acetic acid, Sludge from fermentation and ETP  Causes of odor are bad management of fermentation house, long retention of fermented wash, unattended drains, CPU unit, & ETP. Impacts

 Nausea, insomnia, and discomfort.  Nasal irritation; trigger symptoms in individuals with breathing problems or asthma.

Mitigation measures

 Better cane management to avoid staling of sugar.

150 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

 Use of mill sanitation bio-cides to minimize the growth of aerobic / anaerobic micro– organisms.  Steaming of major pipe lines  Proper cleaning of drains  Efficient operation of ETP.  Regular use of bleaching powder in the drains to avoid growth of sulphur decomposing

micro-organisms to control H2S generation.  Better housekeeping by regular steaming of all fermentation equipment’s  Regular steaming of all fermentation equipment.  Use of efficient bio-cides to control bacterial contamination.  Control of temperature during fermentation to avoid in-activation / killing of yeast.  Avoiding staling of fermented wash.  For proposed 70 KLPD distillery operation integrated evaporated followed by incineration boiler; existing Bio-methanation and Bio-composting will be continue.  Spent wash from evaporation would be in a closed tank and directly send to the incineration in boiler.  Spent wash storage lagoon has capacity of 5 days; however spent wash is usually consumed within 2-3 days.  Well planned Greenbelt will be developed in and around the plant premises to suppress the odor.

4.2.2.4 Impacts on water quality Direct discharge of untreated sewage & effluent on land, generated from proposed project will lead to ground pollution as well as soil quality. Various activities their impacts and mitigation measures for the same has been describes in below mentioned paragraphs. Activities

 Surface water extraction from river  Effluent generation from distillery, sugar and cogeneration unit  Run off storm water

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 151

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Impacts

 No negative impacts are envisaged on surface water availability and drawl will be restricted during lean season. The industry has constructed water storage reservoir of for use of fresh water during lean season. The reservoir will be also be filled up with storm water available at the premise.  Sugar factory will not require fresh water for its operation. Distillery and cogeneration will only require 1250 CMD water during season  Distillery generates huge amount of effluent. Generally, 8-10 L/L of alcohol effluent will be generated. If effluent is not treated properly before disposal, it will pollute land and ground water quality and thereby will change the existing characteristics of soil and water.  Discharge of waste water within & outside plant boundary will leads to the ground water pollution.  Discharge of distillery effluent loss of soil fertility and deteriorate the soil quality.  Discharge of effluent in the surface water body alters the water characteristics and may leads to eutrophication of water bodies. Further, its dark color hinders photosynthesis by blocking sunlight and is therefore deleterious to aquatic life.  Failure in effluent treatment and storage system leads to undesirable changes on living and nonliving things by means of alteration in environment, which causes health impact and deterioration of environment. Nearest impact zone which may suffer this problem are Village Walva, Shirgaon, and Nagthane. However, chances of arising such situation are very rare. If occurs, plant will be shut down immediately. Mitigation measures

 Total spent wash will be around 840 CMD. Spent wash of 240 CMD from existing plant is treated through Bio-methanation followed by MEE followed by bio-composting. Spent wash around 600 CMD from proposed 70 KLPD distillery will be concentration through integrated evaporation and burnt in incineration boiler.  Process condensate, spent lees, boiler, and cooling tower blow down will be the major effluent streams. Details of effluent generation and its characteristic are described in the following Tables.  Process condensate around 616 CMD will be treated in condensate treatment plant.

152 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

 Wastewater from Sugar mill will not have significant BOD/ COD levels. All waste water will be collected in effluent treatment plant and treated water is used for green belt development/irrigation purpose. The treatment scheme incorporates Aerobic treatment for the wastewater with state of the art. Domestic wastewater is generated from the proposed plant, which disposed through Septic tank via Soak pit.

Table 4.14: Summary of effluent generation from existing and proposed distillery, sugar and cogeneration unit Sugar Effluent Source Existing Proposed Total 5000 TCD 2500 TCD 7500 TCD Spray pond overflow 300 150 450 Boiler Blow Down 60.00 84 144.0 Cooling bow down 13.0 7.46 20.46 From machinery & factory floor cleaning 45.00 45 90 From domestic water 40.0 40 80 From D.M. water 8 7 15 Total 466 333.46 799.46 Distillery Process condensate 186 244 430 Spent less 53 147 200 Spent wash 240 360 600 Total 479 751 1230

Table 4.15: Composition of spent wash from continuous manufacturing process Sr. No. Parameter Raw spent wash(mg/l) Concentrated spent wash (mg/l) 1. Total volume expected 900 CMD 255 2. Color Dark brown Dark brown 3. pH 4.0 – 4.3 3.8 - 4.3 4. COD 110000 – 130000 2,80,000 - 2,90,000 5. BOD 55000 – 65000 85,000 -95,000 6. Total Solids 130000 - 160000 3,00,000- 3,10,000 7. Chloride (Cl) 6000 – 7500 16,000 -17,500 8. Sulphate (SO4) 4500 – 8500 18,500 - 20,000 9. Nitrogen (TKN) 1000 – 1400 2,000 - 2,500 10. Potassium(K2O) 10000 – 14000 25,000 -28,000 11. Sodium (Na) 1400 – 1500 4,000 -4,500 (IL&FS Technical EIA Guideline manual for Distilleries)

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 153

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Table 4.16: Characteristics of Spent Lees S. No. Parameter Range 1. Volume 240 CMD 2. pH 3.6 – 4.5 3. COD 5000 - 6000 mg/l 4. BOD 200 – 300 mg/l 5. Dissolved Solids 5000 – 6000 mg/l 6. Suspended Solids 500 – 1000 mg/l 7. Chlorides 50 – 100 mg/l (IL&FS Technical EIA Guideline manual for Distilleries) Table 4.17: Characteristic of wastewater from cooling tower and boiler blow down Sr. No Parameter Range 1. Quantity 110-120 CMD 2. pH 8.0-9.0 3. COD 1500 4. BOD 60-70 mg/l 5. Suspended solids 800-1500 mg/l 6. Total dissolved solids 1500-3000 mg/l

Table 4.18: Inlet and outlet characteristics of Process Condensate treatment unit Sr. No Parameter Inlet Outlet Unit 1. Flow 550 467 CMD 2. pH 3.5-4.0 6.5-7.5 - 3. COD <4500 <100 mg/l 4. BOD <3000 <10 mg/l 5. Total dissolved solids <100 - mg/l

Table 4.19: Characteristic of wastewater generated from sugar factory S. Parameter Inlet Outlet MPCB Limits Units No. 1. pH 3.4 7.2 5.5-8.0 - 2. COD 4780 160 <250 mg/L 3. BOD 2225 45 <100 mg/L 4. TDS 3025 1200 <2100 mg/L 5. Chlorides 564 298 <600 mg/L 6. Oil and grease 36 5.0 <10 mg/L

154 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

4.2.2.5 Impacts on Biological environment Minor impact on flora/fauna and habitats, but no negative impacts on ecosystem function. Limited damage to minimal area of land. Temporary damage (< 1 month) to flora of fauna habitats. The proposed expansion will be in existing factory premises. There will be no tree cutting or shrub removal will take place. As site is flat with some undulating patches, very little leveling activities will be required. Hence, no impact on existing landscape is anticipated. There are no wild life sanctuaries with in the study zone. Within the 10 km from project site dry vegetation is found. The impact on flora is insignificant. Factory will develop green belt which help to control temperature and keep the surroundings cool. It will help to attract avifauna and create suitable habitat to micro flora and fauna. The green belt will help as a sink to dust and gaseous pollutants. While developing proposed green belt native, ornamental, medicinal values trees will be planted; which results in enrichment of biodiversity & beautification of area. Activity and its impacts Impacts on ecology shall be from the following sources:

 Flue gas emissions in the air will lead to increase in concentration of Particulate Matter, minor sulfur dioxide and oxides of nitrogen. An increase in air pollutants may affect the vegetation growth in and around the area.  Dust emission is envisaged during material handling & transportation, which affects the growth of vegetation.  Disposal of solid / hazardous waste on land pollute the soil, which eventually affect the vegetation Mitigation measures To mitigate the above mentioned impact following mitigation measures will be implemented:

 Air pollution control equipment like Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) will be provided to reduce the emission of particulate matter

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 155

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report  Well-designed material storage area as well as handling facilities will be provided to prevent particulate emissions from the storage, handling, & transportation activities.  Solid waste storage area will be designed as per the guidelines to avoid the leachate percolation into the ground or water bodies.  Distillery process condensate effluent will be treated in condensate polishing unit and recycled in the process.  Greenbelt area will be developed in & around the plant premises and shall be maintained properly.  There is no any discharge from the project activities. Existing sugar ETP treated water is used for exiting green belt development and irrigation purpose. However, no any impact on the biological environment has been found any alteration or destruction to the biological environment.  All efforts will be put-up by the factory management to maintain the ecological balance and improve the environment in terms of ecology and green Belt development. Industry will follow the zero discharge norms. Hence no adverse impacts on surrounding ecology.

4.2.2.6 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment

 The impacts of the proposed project will lead to the positive impact on surrounding. The proposed project will generate the employment to local people.  The proposed activities shall generate indirect employment in the region due to the requirement of workers, supply of raw material, auxiliary and ancillary works, which would marginally improve the economic status of the people.

 The proposed project will be an increase in local skill levels through exposure to activities.  Thus, the said project will not have any significant impact on socio-economic pattern of the surrounding region.  The integrated project will provide stability to sugar factory in financial terms. This ultimately benefited to farmers and employees.

156 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

4.2.2.7 Occupational Health & Safety

 Workplace area involving Milling, Pan boiling, Centrifugation, production unit, distillation unit, Boiler section, turbine section, raw material handling area etc.  It is envisaged that occupational health hazards shall be associated with operational activities such as spillage and exposure to the chemical, mechanical hazards like cuts and hits and electrical shocks.  Accident due to fall from height, burn injury and trap in the machine or motors during operation. All these above mentioned impact or risk associated with various operational activities of the plant shall be mitigated by implementing the following measures,  All safety signs will be placed at proper location.  First aid kits will be made available at every department  Pre-employment Medical checkup and periodical medical checkup shall be undertaken to know the occupational health hazards at the early stage.  Work permit system will be introduced to avoid the entry or un-authorized working to avoid the incidences which can lead to the accident if proper care is not taken.  All arrangement required for Fire hydrant system shall made at every vulnerable location to have the firefighting facility.  Apart from above, all required Fire Extinguishers shall be provided at appropriate locations  All staff and workers will be trained in firefighting operations and emergency preparedness plan or to tackle the accident  Apart from all engineering control measures, if required necessary PPEs shall be provided as last protection measures to the employees. Good housekeeping also plays important role in avoiding the undesirable incidences / accidents, hence good housekeeping practices will be employed throughout the Factory premises.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 157

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 4.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT MATRIX Impact matrix facilitates to identify components and phases of project activities for determination of likely impacts. Matrix identifies the interaction between project activities and environmental components using a grid like table. Entries are made in the cell which highlights impact severity in the form of symbols or numbers or descriptive comments. The impact of different project activities on various environmental components like biological environment, air environment, aesthetics and socio-economic have been summarized in a form of a matrix in Table 4.20.  Environmental Pollution  Water: surface and ground water pollution  Air: Ambient air quality  Soil: Soil quality  Land: Change in land use pattern and topography  Biological Environment  Existing Flora and fauna  Aquatic Ecosystem  Socioeconomic Environment  Health and safety, cultural, aesthetic and economic aspects Table 4.2: Impact Matrix of Proposed Project

Pre- Construction Phase Operation and maintenance construct ion 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Environment components Project

activity

Parameters

rol equipment’s

portation of material

Alcohol ManufacturingAlcohol process

Land acquisition clearingSite preparationSite Excavation / Temporary structure Transportation of material Civil/construction work ofInflux construction workers Trans Movement of energy reserves Storage of raw material and finished products Operation of system cooling Pollution cont nonfunctioning

Sugar and Cogeneration power plant Raw Material / Finished Products Storage & Handling Resources Fuel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 utilization Electricity 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Water 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 0 0 -1 0 Construction 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 material ex. Stone Land 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

158 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Air Air Quality 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -2 Climate 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Water Alteration of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 surface/ groundwate r bodies Alteration of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 surface runoff and interflow Alteration of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Hydraulic Regime Contaminati 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 -2 on Soil/Land Soil erosion 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Contaminati 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -3 on Alteration of 0 0 -1 -1 0 -1 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -1 -3 Soil properties/ Soil Quality Land 0 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 topography Noise Noise 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -1 -2 pollution Ecology Effect on 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -3 trees, grasses, herbs & shrubs Effect on 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 farmland Effect on 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 aquatic Effects on 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 fauna Habitat 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 change and removal Introduce 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 new exotic species Occupational Health 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -3 Health & Sanitation 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Hazards Socioeconom Creation of + 0 0 0 0 +1 0 +1 0 +1 0 0 0 0 0 ic new 1 economic activities Commercial + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 value of 1 properties Generation 0 0 0 0 0 +1 0 0 0 +1 +1 +1 +1 0 0 of MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 159

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report temporary and permanent Jobs Effect on 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 crops Reduction of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 farmland productivity Income for + 0 0 0 +1 0 0 +1 0 +2 0 0 0 0 0 the state 1 and private sector Savings in 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +2 0 +1 0 0 0 foreign currency for the state Training in 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +1 +1 0 0 0 0 new technologies and new skills to workers Political/soci 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 al Conflicts Land use 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 change Aesthetics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 and human interest Cultural 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 status

Evaluation marking criteria

Description Value No / Zero Impact : 0 Minor/ Negligible negative impacts : -1 Minor / Negligible positive impacts : +1 Significant negative impact : -2 Significant positive impact : +2 High negative impact : -3 High positive impact : +3

4.3.1 Conclusion of impact matrix assessment Proposed project will not have any significant negative impacts on the environment. In absence of pollution control equipment, project will have high negative impact. Appropriate Environmental Management Plan (EMP) nullifies all high potential adverse

160 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report impacts. Emergency shutdown of the plant shall be taken in case of failure of waste management system. Moreover, implementation of EMP helps to convert negative impact into positive impacts. Thus proposed project is certainly safe from the environmental point of view. 4.3.2 Summary of Impact Based on the assessment made in the preceding sections the overall impacts due to the proposed power project are summarized in Table 4.21. Table 4.21: Assessment of Impacts due to proposed activity on Environment

Sr. Environmental Project Impact Assessment Impacts Identified No Component Activity after Mitigation 1. Topography Site Minor changes in landscape. Insignificant Clearance Constructio Changes in landscape. Insignificant n Activities Operation Changes in land use. The Insignificant activities available free land is utilized. 2. Air Quality Site Excavation and levelling Insignificant clearance activities are limited hence, fugitive emissions would be restricted. Constructio Local increase in SPM Insignificant n activities Transportat Vehicular and fugitive Insignificant ion emissions 3. Noise Constructio Temporary local increase in Insignificant n activities noise Continuous noise but Operation confined to within the Plant Insignificant activities Area Transportat Increase in noise levels due to ion Insignificant vehicular traffic

4. Water Resources Constructio The water will be used during Insignificant n activities the construction activities. Operation Surface water Insignificant, activities 5. Water Pollution Constructio Small volume of wastewater Insignificant n activities from the construction and sanitation

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 161

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Sr. Environmental Project Impact Assessment Impacts Identified No Component Activity after Mitigation Operation Effluent generated in the Insignificant as activities plant there will be zero discharge of effluent. 6. Ecology Site There will not be major Insignificant Clearance disturbance to flora fauna Constructio There will not be major Insignificant n activities disturbance Operation There will not be major Insignificant activities disturbance to flora fauna 7. Soil Constructio Since there is minimal Characteristics n activities levelling and excavation, the Insignificant proposed project area is within the existing facilities. Operation No changes are envisaged in Insignificant activities this phase 8. Land Use Constructio There will be change in land Significant n activities use for industrial purpose. Operation The existing land use is change Insignificant activities to industrial use 9. Socio-economics Constructio Creation of additional jobs/ Significant n activities businesses Operation Rise in per capita income due Significant activities to increased opportunities 10. Civic Amenities Constructio Built up of temporary Moderately n activities structures for workers and insignificant non-workers Operation Availability of permanent Moderately activities structures for workers, non- insignificant workers 11. Occupational Constructio Dusty conditions during Health n activities summer with vehicular Insignificant movement Operation Process specific activities, activities heat and emission protective Insignificant control measures followed 12. Vibrations Constructio Heavy equipment usage will Insignificant n activities be temporary Operation Continuous usage of Insignificant activities machinery 13. Solid/ Constructio General construction waste Hazardous waste n activities will be disposed of in Insignificant designated sites

162 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

4.5 CONCLUSION The anticipated/identified potential environmental impacts of proposed project will be mainly from solid waste disposal, effluent disposal, ground water exploitation, and flue gaseous emissions. However, an effective mitigation measure reduces level of significant impact on the environment. Hence, proposed project will be safe as there won’t be disposal of effluent on the land or into the water body. Moreover, all required control measures and required equipment shall be provided to mitigate the impacts.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 163

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report CHAPTER V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

It provides the information on various alternatives for the site and technology. The industry shall explore and adopt cleaner technologies and improve the management practices to reduce generation of pollutants.

5.1 Introduction A project of any nature consists of various activities, which involve men, money, and material. These activities may consume natural resources and discharge wastes, which are likely to have serious consequence to the environment. A number of alternative options may be available to carry out many of these activities. An option with least or nil adverse environment impacts is to be selected. Critical analysis is therefore required for selection of the right alternative. Alternative Analysis (AA) has been done for critical aspects of the project.

The project will be using ample availability of sugarcane from command area & bagasse (renewable energy source) from sugar unit for generation of power to supply much needed power to national grid. Displacement of fossil fuel energy production during

bagasse use period will also result in net reduction in CO2 emissions so contributing to the control of climate change.

5.2 Site alternatives The project site is located at village Nagnathannanagar, Taluka Walve, Dist. Sangli, Maharashtra. Site is geographically located at Latitude: 17° 1'5.22"N, Longitude 74°22'13.96"E and 564 m above MSL. Project site is connected to Gotkhindi-Walwa Road adjacent to the factory, Walwa-Tasgaon Road 0.8 km in NE and NH4 (Mumbai - Pune - Kolhapur – Goa) is 12 m in SW. Nearest town Islampur is 12 km away and Sangli 27 km. There are no Tropical Forest, Biosphere Reserve, National Park, Wild Life Sanctuary, and Coral Formation Reserves within 10 km Influence Zone. Krishna River is flowing at a distance of 2.2 km in NE. The land requirement for proposed industry unit is already in possession. Proposed expansion will be within existing factory premises. Location of the site has below advantages,

164 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Availability of water supply The availability of water from the source is adequate to meet the requirement of the proposed distillery. Source of water for proposed integrated expansion project is Krishna River.

Availability of infrastructural facility Industrial infrastructural facilities such as roads, transport, security, water, power, administration etc. are available with existing factory. Community facilities such as quarters, medical services, education and training facility etc. are also available at site.

Environmental features of site There are no any eco-sensitive areas such as biosphere, mangrove, protected forest, national parks etc. or environmental sensitive locations such as protected monuments, historical places within 10 km from the site.

5.3 Analysis of alternative technology

The technology selection is done on the basis of following considerations

 Indigenous technology  Least stress on resources  Reduce, recycle and reuse of wastes  Reduce the pollution from the industry  No risk to human and property

Technology selection will be done on the basis of efficient utilization of raw material, water, electricity, fuel, and considering the recycle and reuse of wastes generated from industry. The operations of Sugar factory mainly consist of milling, clarification, crystallization. Technology for producing sugar is well proven technology over a few decades all over the world. No adverse impacts are anticipated due to proposed project. Hence no alternative technologies are considered.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 165

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Distillery will be mainly Continuous Fermentation & Mutli-Pressure Distillation. Fermentation process are classified as Batch and Continuous fermentation. In batch fermentation, the bacteria are inoculated into the bioreactor. Then, under controlled conditions (temperature 300C-320C, pH 4.8-5.8, aeration, etc.) the bacteria go through all the growth phases (lag, exponential, stationary). At last, the fermentation is stopped and the product is collected. Then, after cleaning and sterilization of the fermenter, the fermenter is ready for another batch. In continuous fermentation, the fresh medium flows into the fermenter continuously and part of the medium in the reactor is withdrawn from the fermenter at the same flow rate of the inlet flow. Continuous fermentation is superior to batch culture in several ways. The technology options for the proposed plant were considered based on efficiency of fermentation and distillation, efficient utilization of raw materials, fuel, and water along with efficiency in power generation. It is observed from various industries & available literature of CPCB that the spent wash generated per liter of Alcohol production is less from the continuous and bio-still processes when compared to the batch process where the spent wash is more concentrated. Hence, continuous fermentation process has been selected for proposed Distillery project.

Distillation Distillation is a process of separating the component substances from a liquid mixture by selective evaporation and condensation. In alcohol production the boiling points of the components in the mixture will be sufficiently close. It is the separation of a mixture into its component parts, or fractions, separating chemical compounds by their boiling point by heating them to temperature at which one or more fractions of the compound will vaporize. Therefore fractional distillation is used in order to separate the components by repeated vaporization-condensation cycles within a packed fractionating column. This separation, by successive distillations, is also referred to as rectification.

Fractional distillation separates alcohol with other fractions at their respective boiling points and extracts the alcohol concentration up to 95-96 % v/v. The obtained alcohols are termed as Rectified Spirit (RS) and distill further to produce extra neutral alcohol. At the end, remaining the dark brown liquid mass in distillation column called Spent Wash.

166 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Multi-pressure vaccum distillation system for production of Extra Neutral Alcohol consists of distillation columns namely- 1. Degasifying-cum-analyzer column- Operation under vaccum 2. Pre-rectification-cum-Exhaust column- Operation under vaccum. 3. Extractive Distillation Column- Operation under pressure 4. Rectifier-cum- Exhaust column- Operated under pressure 5. Recovery/Fused Oil Column- Operated under pressure 6. Simmering Column- Operated under atmospheric or vaccum Pre-heated fermented wash is fed at the top of the Degassifier column. Analyzer Column is provided with reboiler. Top vapours of analyzer column containing all the alcohol in the wash are sent to Pre-rectifier column and are taken out as spent wash from Analyzer column bottom. Low Boiling impurities are concentrated in the Pre-rectifier column.

A draw of impure alcohol is taken out from the top of the Pre-rectifier column. RS draw is taken from the top of Pre-rectifier column, which further is sent to Extractive Distillation (Purifier) column. Dilution water in the ratio of 1:8 to 1:9 is fed to this column. The Extractive Column operates on the principle of inversion of relative volatility.

Low boiling impurities are separated in the purifier column & bottom is sent to Rectifier- cum-Exhaust column. The Rectifier/Exhaust Column concentrates the alcohol to 96% v/v. The high- grade spirit is drawn from upper trays of the rectification column. Fusel oil build up is avoided in the Rectifier-cum-exhaust column by withdrawing side streams (Fusel oils).

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 167

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Purifier condensates, Degasifier condensates & fusel oil draw from Rectifier/Exhaust column are sent to Recovery column where these fusel oils are concentrated and then sent to decanter where these streams are diluted with water and fusel oil rich layer is separated. Washings are sent back to the column to recover alcohol.

The high spirit draw from the Rectifier column is sent to the Simmering column where methanol is separated in the form of a cut from the top and ENA is taken out from the bottom. ENA draw from the simmering column is taken to the receiver after cooling in ENA cooler. The steam consumption of this set up would be of about 6.5% of total spirit production.

Distillation System with re-boilers: Some of the old atmospheric distillation based as well as all new multi-pressure distillation based distilleries have installed re-boilers along with distillation column to concentrate spent wash & reduce effluent generation. Use of re- boilers results in indirect heating of distillation columns and restricts the mixing of steam condensate with spent wash. Steam condensate can be recycled as boiler feed water or can be used as process water.

Benefits of Pressure Multi-pressure Vacuum Distillation Following are the advantages of Multi-pressure vacuum distillation over atmospheric distillation.

 Since the analyzer column operates under vacuum, the formation of by-products such as acetyl may minimize there by improvement in quality of alcohol.  Pre-rectification column ensures removal of sulfur compounds/ mercaptans and also reduces load of lower boiling volatile compounds passing on to Rectifier cum exhaust column.  The chances of scaling due to invert solubility of certain precipitating inorganic salts are minimized in vacuum distillation.  Vacuum distillation requires low steam consumption with re-boiler i.e. 2.2 Kg/lit of Recited Spirit. Technology for producing alcohol from fermentation is well proven technology over a few decades all over the world. No adverse impacts are anticipated due to proposed project. Hence no alternative technologies are considered.

168 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Anaerobic digestion – Biogas Multiple Effect Evaporation (MEE)

Reverse Osmosis RO) Multiple Effect Evaporation (MEE)

Multiple Effect Cement/ Thermal Evaporation power plant (MEE) Spray dryer/ rotary dryer Slop fired boiler Bio-composting

Figure 5.1: Alternative technologies for spent wash treatment

(Guidelines On Techno – Economic Feasibility Of Implementation Of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) For Water Polluting Industries By Central Pollution Control Board January 2015)

Considering the aspect reuse of water recycling, cost of the technology and treatment efficiency, the industry has decided to adopt Multi effect evaporator followed slop fired boiler for the proposed expansion. Brief of both the system is given below,

Multi Effect Evaporator (MEE)

 Well established technology for concentration up to 40 % solids, which can result in substantial spent wash volume reduction.  Integrated raw spent wash evaporation can result in reduction of final volume.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 169

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Slop fired boiler  Solids concentrate (55 to 60 %) or spent wash powder is fired in a specially designed boiler with or without subsidiary fuel. Steam generated runs a TG set to generate electricity. Exhaust steam is used in distillery and evaporation plant operations  Overall system is supposed to be self-sustaining in terms of steam and power balance after initial stabilization period.  Potash rich ash as a by-product. Sugar: Effluent treatment technology Sugar industry is an agro based that generate effluent (wastewater) loaded with organic matter. If this effluent discharged in the environment without any treatment or insufficient treatment, it causes soil pollution as well as ground/surface water pollution. Also, this effluent may disturb the aquatic ecology and flora and fauna of terrestrial ecosystems. Hence it is very important to plan proper treatment program for the industrial effluents. Alternatives Treatment Options Sugar factory effluent contains oil and grease, suspended solids and dissolved solids. For separation of oil and grease and suspended solids, preliminary treatments such as bar screen, oil & grease traps are installed in factories. Factories are facing problem of higher levels suspended solids with the effluent, due to which there is increase in BOD load around 30 to 40%. Therefore, it is very essential to install oil and grease removal mechanism. Screen chamber, equalization, neutralization units & primary clarifier are intended for separation of suspended solids, oil and grease and pH neutralization respectively. The primary treatment section of ETP unit comprises of these unit. The next treatment for the neutralized effluent having lots of alternatives which is discussed as follows,

Alternatives Technology for Secondary Treatment 1. Extended Aeration (EA) 2. Activated Sludge Process (ASP) 3. Anaerobic Lagoon (AL)followed by ASP 4. Anaerobic Digester followed by ASP 5. Bio-tower followed by ASP

170 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Considering all available technological options, the industry has planned to implement install anaerobic filter, aeration tank, primary, and sec. settling tank.

5.5 Conclusion Technology selection is done on the basis of efficient utilization of raw material, water, electricity, fuel, and considering the recycle and reuse of wastes generated from industry. Considering the advantages and technology feasibility, distillery will be operated through Continuous Fermentation & Mutli Pressure Distillation. Spent wash generated during the process of distillation will be treated in multiple effective evaporators to concentrate the spent wash followed by slope fired boiler. The proposed spent wash treatment option will be able to achieve the aim of “zero discharge” of effluent.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 171

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report

CHAPTER VI ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

This chapter contains technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures and the environmental management plan. It delivers environment monitoring program, its frequency, parameters and methodology for air, water, noise, and solid hazardous waste/ soil environment. It ensures the smooth execution of EMP and also monitors the changes in the ambient environmental quality due to the proposed project. It includes laboratory and other facilities monitoring facilities, environmental parameters to be monitored and data to be analyzed and sampling location and schedule. It also includes budgetary provision and procurement schedule for the monitoring facilities.

6.1 Importance of Post Environment Monitoring Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during project operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project, to enable taking up suitable mitigatory steps in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is an important for control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. Usually, as in the case of the study, an Impact Assessment study is carried over short period of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by the natural or human activities. Therefore, regular monitoring programme of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environmental quality.

An environmental monitoring program is important as,

 It assists in detecting the impacts and control measures.  It evaluates the performance and effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed in the Environment Management Plan (EMP) and suggests improvements in management plan, if required. An Environmental Monitoring Program has scheduled with the following objectives,

172 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

6.2 Objective of Monitoring Plan The basic objective of implementing a monitoring plan on a regular basis is as follows:  To know the pollution status within the plant and its vicinity.  Generate data for corrective action in respect of pollution.  Correlate the production operations with emission and control mechanism.  Examine the performance of pollution control system.  Assess the Environmental impacts.  Remedial measures and environment management plan to reverse the impacts.

6.3 Environment Monitoring Plan The post project monitoring plan will be as follows,

 Prior to the commencement of operation  After 6 months of commencement of operation  Once in a year from the commencement of operation

6.3.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction Phase The construction activities require clearing of vegetation, mobilisation of construction material and equipment. The proposed activity envisages setting up of boilers, turbines and cooling towers, establishment of storage facilities. The generic environmental measures that are to be undertaken during project construction stage are given in Table 6.1.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 173

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction Phase Environmental Parameter Frequency of Monitoring Facets

Air Emissions Random checks of equipment’s Weekly logs/manuals

Vehicle logs Weekly during site clearance & construction activities

Gaseous emissions Monthly emission monitoring (SO2,CO,NOX) The ambient air quality will As per CPCB/ SPCB requirement conform to the standards for or on monthly basis whichever is PM10,PM2.5,SO2,NOX and CO earlier Noise Equipment logs, noise reading Weekly during construction Working hour records Daily records Maintenance of record of Daily records vehicles Spot Noise recording As per CPCB/SPCB requirement or on monthly basis whichever is earlier Wastewater No discharge hoses shall be in Monthly during construction Discharge vicinity of watercourse activities. Soil Erosion Effective cover in place Period during construction activities Drainage & effluent Visual inspection of drainage Weekly during construction Management and record thereof activities Waste Management Comprehensive Waste Fortnightly check during Management plan should be in construction activities place and available for inspection onsite. Non-routine events Mock drills and records of the Monthly during construction & accidental same activities releases Health of workers All relevant parameters Monthly check ups including HIV

Loss of flora and No. of plants, species During site clearance Phase. fauna

6.3.2 Post Project Environmental Monitoring Plan Environmental parameters to be monitored and its frequency after commissioning of proposed project is mentioned in Table 6.2

174 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 175

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Sr. Particulate Parameters Number of location Frequency No. River sample One each at upstream and downstream 6. Solid waste Ash  Process dust Monthly generated sludge and ash.  Before used as manure if used manure 7. Soil Organic N, P, K, moisture, EC, At lands utilizing Pre – and Inorganic heavy metals etc. compost manure monsoon matter and treated and Post effluent, 3 locations monsoon 8. Noise Equivalent noise level - dB 5 location Monthly (A) at min. Noise Levels At all source and measurement at high noise outside the Plant area. generating places as well as sensitive receptors in the vicinity 9. Green belt Number of plantation In and around the Monthly (units), number of survived plant site plants/ trees, number of poor plant/ trees. 10. Soil Texture, pH, electrical 2-3 near Solid/ Quarterly conductivity, cation hazardous waste exchange capacity, alkali storage. metals, Sodium Absorption At least five locations Ratio (SAR), permeability, from Greenbelt and porosity. area where manure of biological waste is applied. Near spent wash storage lagoon 11. Occupational Health and fitness checkup All worker Yearly/ health of employees getting twice a year exposed to various hazards and all other staff 12. Emergency Fire protection and safety Mock drill records, on Monthly preparedness measures to take care of site emergency plan, during , fire and explosion hazards, evacuation operation such as fire to be assessed and steps plan phase fighting taken for their prevention.

176 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

6.5 Reporting and documentation All the necessary reports and documents will be prepared to comply with statutory rules and regulations. The records of the monitoring program along with the results of all the parameters being monitored will be maintained on regular basis. The environmental monitoring activities will be recorded and the following documents are proposed to be maintained, 1. Log sheets of operation and maintenance of pollution control facilities/ equipment such as ETP/slope fired boiler operation and test results of inlet and outlet. 2. Instruction manuals for operation and maintenance of pollution control facilities/ equipment like ETP as well as for manual for monitoring of water, solid and gaseous parameter discharged from the project. 3. Statutory records as per the environment related legislation. 4. Monthly and annual progress report.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 177

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 5. Bi-annual compliance statement for Regional Office, MoEFCC. 6. Annual environmental audit statements and compliance to NOC/ Consent conditions to State Pollution Control Board/ Regional Office, MoEFCC.

6.6 Laboratory Facility The plant is having in-house environmental laboratory for the routine monitoring of water and wastewater. The outside agencies are also being hired for analysis of other environment aspects like air, noise, and soil. The following equipment’s are recommended to the project proponent for implementing the post project environmental monitoring program.

6.7 Formulation of Environment Management Cell (EMC) The Environmental Management Cell shall be responsible for the environmental management, monitoring, and implementation activities of the proposed unit. EMC will carry out various activity of environment under the supervision of the Head of the plant. EMC cell shall be responsible for,  Monitoring of efficiency of pollution control equipment’s  Preparation of maintenance schedule of pollution control equipment and treatment plants and see that it is followed strictly.  Monitoring activities within core and buffer zone of proposed project as per monitoring schedule.  Inspection and regular cleaning of setting tanks, drainage system etc.  Greenbelt development and maintenance  Water and energy conservation measures  Good housekeeping Structure of EMC is mentioned in below

Table 6.4: Environment Monitoring Cell

General Manager : One Environment Officer (Sugar + Distillery) : One + One Chemist (Sugar + Distillery) : One + One Laboratory Attendants (Sugar + Distillery) : One + One Safety Officer : One Supporting Staff : Two

178 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

6.9 Budgetary provision for environment management Environment management cost will be around Rs. 10.5 cr. & recurring cost will be 37.3 lakhs. The details of EMP cost is mentioned in Table 6.6. Table 6.6: Environment Management Cost Sr. No Description Capital Cost (Rs. in Recurring Cost (Rs. in lakhs) lakhs) 1. Air Pollution Control 700 10 3. Sugar ETP 250 5 4. Solid waste Management - 7 5. Environmental Monitoring 40 3 and Management 6. Rainwater Harvesting 25 4 7. Occupational Health 20 4.8 8. Green belt development 15 3.5 Total 1050 37.3

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 179

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report CHAPTER VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES Chapter describes additional studies like review of social impact and public consultation were undertaken. Moreover it deals with the study of hazard identification and risk assessment. It also covers the requirement for onsite and offsite disaster (natural and manmade) preparedness plan including emergency management plan including.

7.1 Public consultation The project falls under Category “A”, Activity 5 (g) ii [All molasses based distilleries ≥60 KLPD], of schedule–I of the EIA notification-2006 (as amended timely), since the proposed project is a distillery project and as per the ToR’s issued by MoEFCC dated 11.03.2018. Hence, Public consultation is applicable to the proposed project. The public consultation has been carried out on 12.10.2018. The news of public hearing to be conducted on the above mentioned date is published in the English & Local Newspaper for the knowledge of local people on 11.09.2018. The copies of EIA report in English and local language has been made available with the office of pollution control board village Gram Panchayat and the collector office. During the public consultation, all the dignitaries including Collector, SRO, RO and local Sarpanch has attended the Public hearing. Detail documents of public hearing are attached in Annexure. Brief of Public hearing is given below,

Date : 12.10.2018 Time :11.00 am Venue : At Factory site of Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd., Naganathanna nagar, Walwa, Dist.Sangli, Maharashtra,

Following panel members were present for the public hearing:

Chairman Shri Trigun Kulkarni Additional District Magistrate, Sangli. (Representative of District Collector; Sangli) Member Shri Nagesh Lohalkar Regional office M.P.C. Board, Kolhapur (Representative of Maharashtra pollution Control Board) Convener Shri L.S. Bhad Sub Regional Officer, MPC Board, Sangli After presentation Conveyor of the environmental public hearing requested public to raise questions, objections, and suggestions of the project. Following questions and answers took place 1. Shri Arun Yadav, Ahirwadi

180 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

7.2 Risk Assessment Disaster is synonymous with 'emergency' as defined by the Ministry of Environment and Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC). An emergency occurring in the proposed project is one that may affect several sections within it and/ or may cause serious injuries, loss of lives, extensive damage to environment or property or serious disruption outside the plant. It will require the best use of internal resources and the use of outside resources to handle it effectively. It may happen usually as the result of a malfunction of the normal operating procedures. It may also be precipitated by the intervention of an outside force such as a cyclone, flood, earthquake or deliberate acts of arson or sabotage.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 181

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report A properly designed and operated plant will have a very low probability (to a level of acceptable risk) of accident occurrence. Subsequently, a properly designed and executed management plan can further reduce the probability of any accident turning into an on-site emergency and/or an off-site emergency.

The three main goals of risk assessment are  Identify risks,  Quantify the impact of the potential threats and  Provide an economic balance between the impact of risk and the cost of the safeguard 7.2.1 Salient Feature of Risk Mitigation

 Design, manufacture and construction of buildings, plant and machineries will be as per National and International Codes as applicable in specific cases and laid down by statutory authorities  Provision of adequate access ways for movement of equipment and personnel will be made.  Minimum of two numbers of gates for escape during disaster will be provided  In the vicinity of main plant entrance, there will be an emergency assembly point where plant personnel will assemble in the event of any disaster.  Adequate numbers of Fire Fighting equipment’s & Fire extinguishers will be installed in the work places for emergency purpose and the Supervisors / Workers will be trained to use the equipment’s.  An ambulance will be provided in the factory premises.  A qualified Doctor and a compounder will be employed for attending to any emergency. 7.2.2 Identification of Risks For identification of risk due to proposed project, it requires in depth study of  Raw material  Process Risk  Storages  Operations

182 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

A) Risk: Raw material The materials, which will be required to run the plant, are sugarcane, Bagasse, Steam apart from some chemicals (hydrochloric acid and caustic soda to produce DM water, chlorine as disinfectant in the cooling water system, molasses.

B) Risk: Process / Operation Operational risks are categorized below

Process hazards: Loss of containment during handling of hazardous materials or processes Resulting in fire, explosion, etc.  Mechanical hazards: Mechanical operations such as welding, maintenance, falling objects etc. - basically those NOT connected to hazardous materials.  Electrical hazards: Electrocution, high voltage levels, short circuit, etc.

C) Risk: Boiler, turbine, generator and associated areas Particular: Failure of safety devices, including pressure relief valves and interlocks. Explosion is expected due to bursting of high pressure equipment’s like boiler, turbine and pipe lines involved the water required for Boiler is pumped and transferred to the boiler by using high-pressure pumps. Also the high-pressure steam generated in the boiler is sent to the turbine through the pipeline. This pipeline will have flanged joints, with sandwich gaskets in between for better sealing. At times, due to water hammering this gasket fails and leads to bursting of the flange joint. Ensuring pressure relief valves and interlocking arrangements as per standard design of equipment. Carrying out regular inspection and periodic safety certification of all safety devices compliance with required rules and regulations for safety systems.

D) Risk of Molasses storage tank

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 183

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Molasses can ferment if excessive moisture contamination is allowed. Fermentation can yield carbon dioxide with possible traces of ethanol or volatile fatty acids (e.g. acetic, propionic, lactic, or butyric) and if exposed to a spark or flame may result in an explosion. Fermentation may also occur in dilute surface layers formed by condensation from the headspace above the liquid.  Proper ventilation shall be provided  Inspection and regular monitoring of storage area  Training to Workers for proper handling  PPEs will be provided as Nose mask, Hand gloves.  Provision of level indicators for storage Tanks  If causes eye irritation wash area with soap, flood eye with water and water

E) Risk: Potential exposure to electricity Particular: Entire power plant, specifically the generator area, distribution panel, and control rooms. Follow up of standard operating procedures and regular training on electrical safety. Ensure suitability and adaptability of electrical equipment with respect to classified hazardous areas and protection against lightening protection and static charges. Adopting preventive maintenance practices as per testing and inspection schedules. Ensure all maintenance and repair jobs with prior work permit system. Use of personal protective equipment and ensuring compliance of the Indian Electricity Rules, 2003. Ensure all electrical circuits designed for automatic, remote shut down. F) Risk: Fire incident Particular: Bagasse Storage yard, entire power plant, specifically the Storage area, electrical wearing and fuel handling area. Follow up of standard operating procedures and regular training on fire fighting Mock drills of fire fighting .Installation of fire alarm & proper fire extinguisher. Ensure suitability and adaptability of electrical equipment with respect to classified hazardous areas and protection against lightening protection and static charges. Adopting preventive maintenance practices as per testing and inspection. G) Risk: Solid/ Liquid waste disposal

184 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Integrated Sugar Plant Expansion (5000 to 7500 TCD), Ethanol Plant Expansion (30 to 100 KLPD) With Incineration Boiler / TG / Auxiliaries For ZLD & Cogeneration Power Plant (44 MW) Project at Nagnathannanagar,Tal. Walwe, Dist. Sangli, Maharashtra Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Particular: Ash generated from cogeneration plant, solid waste and effluent generated from sugar unit Standard operating procedures for disposal of ash need to be followed like isolated disposal of hot ash inside the silo, use ash will sold, brick & cement manufacturing industries. Effluent will be treated as per regulatory norms and treated water will be reused. Solid organic waste generated from sugar unit will be used as manure. Regular monitoring will be carried out as per schedule to avoid any kind of pollution H) Risk: Health Risk Particular: Exposure to toxic and corrosive chemicals Provision of secondary containment system for all liquid corrosive chemicals fuel and lubricating oil storages. Constructing storage tanks and pipes for toxic chemicals and fuel oil as per the applicable standards. Inspection and radiography will be followed to minimize risk of tank or pipeline failure. Provision of protective equipment’s such as protective clothing, goggles, safety shoes and breathing masks for workers working in chemical storage. Provision of emergency eyewash and showers in the working area. I) Risk: Safety risk Particular: Ensure Worker Safety Periodical SHE training of staff and contractor. Ensuring special training to develop competent persons to manage specific issues such as safety from the system, risk assessment, scaffolding, and fire protection, Training will include the proper use of all equipment operated, safe lifting practices, the location and handling of fire extinguishers, and the use of personal protective equipment. Ensure good housekeeping practices (e.g., keeping all walkways clear of debris, cleaning up oil spots and excess water as soon as they are noticed, and regular inspection and maintenance of all machinery). Daily collection and separate storage of hazardous and non-hazardous waste. J) Risk: Force Majeure and Insurance coverage to the Project Particular: Natural calamities like flood, earthquake, fire, and other act of God and Act of Man etc. Mitigation: Complete plant need to be insured and also care has been considered while designing and construction of the plant to minimize the impact. Third party Liability, Workers compensation, Employers Liability, Legal and contractual liabilities, Loss of profit

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 185

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report due to interruption due to fire machine, break down, and related perils, Loss of profit due to loss of generation are some of the other risk against which the mitigation measures have been considered in the project by the way of insurance. 7.2.3 Fire and Explosion Index Fire, Explosion and Toxicity Indexing (FETI) is a rapid ranking method for identifying the degree of hazard. In preliminary hazard analysis, chemical storages are considered to have Toxic and Fire hazards. The application of FETI would help to make a quick assessment of the nature and quantification of the hazards in these areas. However, this does not provide precise information.  Respective Material Factor (MF),  General Hazard Factors (GHF)  Special Process Hazard Factors (SPH) They are computed using standard procedure of awarding penalties based on storage handling and reaction parameters. It can be used to classify separate elements of plant within an industrial complex. Before indexing is done, the plant is divided into plant elements. Depending upon the material in use, material factor, number of parameters such as exothermic reactions, handling hazards, pressure of system, flash point, operating temperature, inventory of flammable material, corrosive property, leakage points and toxicity are taken into consideration in determining a plant/ equipment /operation hazard. A standard method of awarding penalties and comparing the indices is used. However, this method does not give absolute status of the equipment or section. Dow's Fire and Explosion Index (F and E) is a product of Material Factor (MF) and hazard factor (F3) while MF represents the flammability and reactivity of the substances, the hazard factor (F3), is itself a product of General Process Hazards (GPH) and special process hazards (SPH). An accurate plot plan of the plant, a process flow sheet and Fire and Explosion Index and Hazard Classification Guide published by Dow Chemical Company are required to estimate the FE & TI of any process plant or a storage unit Computations and Evaluation of Fire and Explosion Index The degree of hazard potential is identified based on the numerical value of F&EI as per the criteria given Table 7.1

186 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Risk Index (RI) The risk categories can be expressed in terms of the risk index as given below. Table 7.2: Risk Index Category Risk Index Acceptable Region <0 Low Risk 0 Moderate Risk 0.67 Significant Risk 1.33 High Risk 2 Unacceptable Region >2

Table 7.3: The Physiological effects of threshold Thermal Doses Threshold Dose (kj/m2) Effect 375 3rd degree burn 250 2nd degree burn 125 1st degree burn 65 Threshold of pain, no reddening or blistering of skin caused

Note: 1st degree burn- Involves only epidermis. Example sunburn. Blisters may occur. 2nd degree burn- Involves whole of epidermis over the area of burn plus some portion of dermis area. 3rd degree burn- Involves whole of epidermis and dermis. Sub cutaneous tissues may also be affected.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 187

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Table 7.4: Damage due to Incident Radiation Intensity Incident Radiation Type of Damage Intensity (KW/m2) Minimum energy required igniting wood at infinite long exposure 37.5 (non piloted). 32.0 Maximum flux level for thermally protected tanks Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting 12.5 plastic tubing etc. 8.0 Maximum heat flux for un-insulated tanks. Sufficient to cause pain to personnel if unable to reach cover within 4.5 20 seconds. However blistering of skin (1st degree burns) is likely. 1.6 Will cause no discomfort to long exposure. 0.7 Equivalent to solar radiation.

7.2.4 Consequence Analysis Hazardous substance on release can cause damage on a large scale in the environment. The extent of the damage is dependent upon the nature of the release and the physical state of the material. It is necessary to visualize the consequences and the damages caused by such releases. The quantification of the physical effects can be done by means of various models, which can then be translated in terms of injuries and damage to exposed population and buildings.

Hazardous substances may be released as a result of a catastrophe causing possible damage to the surrounding areas. The extent of damage depends upon the nature of the release. The release of flammable materials and subsequent ignition results in heat radiation, pressure wave or vapour cloud depending upon the flammability. It is important to visualise the consequences of the release of such substances and the damage caused to the surrounding areas.

An insight into physical effects resulting from the release of hazardous substances can be had by means of various models. Vulnerability models are used to translate the physical effects occurring in terms of injuries and damage to exposed population and buildings

188 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

7.2.6 Possibilities, Nature and Effects of Emergency Leaving aside earthquake, cyclone, flood, arson and sabotage, the possible emergencies that can arise in the power plant due to operations and storages and handling of the fuels and gases are:  Explosion in boilers, turbo generators, transformers and hydrogen plant  Subsequent fire in the fuel handling area  Large fires involving the bagasse storage yard and bagasse handling areas  Accidental release of ash slurry  Accidental fire due to some other reasons such as electrical short circuit.

7.2.7 Methodology of MCA Analysis The MCA analysis involves ordering and ranking of various sections in terms of potential vulnerability. The data requirements for MCA analysis are:  Flow diagram and P&I diagrams

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 189

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report  Detailed design parameters  Physical & chemical properties of all the chemicals  Detailed plant layout  Detailed area layout  Past accident data The following steps are involved in MCA analysis:  Identification of potential hazardous process units, storage sections and representative failure cases from the vessels and pipe lines  Visualization of chemical release scenarios  Consequence Analysis for computation of damage distances from the release cases through mathematical modeling

7.2.8 Consequence analysis Hazardous substance on release can cause damage on a large scale in the environment. The extent of the damage is dependent upon the nature of the release and the physical state of the material. It is necessary to visualize the consequences and the damages caused by such releases. The quantification of the physical effects can be done by means of various models, which can then be translated in terms of injuries and damage to exposed population and buildings. Hazardous substances may be released as a result of a catastrophe causing possible damage to the surrounding areas. The extent of damage depends upon the nature of the release. The release of flammable materials and subsequent ignition results in heat radiation, pressure wave or vapor cloud depending upon the flammability. It is important to visualize the consequences of the release of such substances and the damage caused to the surrounding areas. An insight into physical effects resulting from the release of hazardous substances can be had by means of various models. Vulnerability models are used to translate the physical effects occurring in terms of injuries and damage to exposed population and buildings.

7.2.9 Factors influencing the use of physical effect models In order to calculate the physical effects of the accidental releases of hazardous substances the following steps must be carried out in succession:

190 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

A distinction has to be made between toxic and flammable substances. In the event of the incidental release of toxic substances it is necessary to compute the concentrations of gas cloud (as a function of time and place) spreading in the surrounding areas. In the case of flammable substances, the heat radiation is computed for the following situations:  Torch, if vapors are ignited  Pool fire, if pool of liquid is ignited  Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosion (BLEVE) which is a physical explosion

In the event of an explosive gas cloud the peak overpressure resulting from the explosion is calculated and the damage contours are plotted. In the distribution model account is taken of the atmospheric stability, the so-called Pasquill classes (A to F) and a wind velocity. The model is based on a point source. In practice, however, a point source will never exist; for example, a surface sources in the case of pools. To enable the source dimensions to be included in the calculation in the dispersion models in spite of this, an imaginary (virtual) point source is assumed, which is put back in such a way that the cloud area calculated according to the model has the source dimensions at the site of the actual source. In calculations based on a continuous source, the duration of the source is also included in the calculation. Some conditions for this calculation model are as follows: There must be some wind at the site The model applies only to open terrain; allowance is made, however, for the roughness of the terrain. The influence of trees, houses, etc. on the dispersion can be determined by means of the roughness length.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 191

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Models for the Calculation of Heat Load and Shock Waves If a flammable gas or liquid is released, damage resulting from heat radiation or explosion may occur on ignition. Models for the effects in the event of immediate ignition (torch, pool fire and BLEVE) and the ignition of a gas cloud will be discussed in succession. These models calculate the heat radiation or peak overpressure as a function of the distance to the torch, BLEVE, the ignited pool or gas cloud.

Model for a BLEVE BLEVE stands for Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosion. BLEVE is a follow-up effect that occurs if the vapor side of a tank is heated by a torch or a pool fire. Due to the heating, the vapor pressure will rise and the material of the tank wall will weaken. At a given moment the weakened tank wall will no longer be able to withstand the increased vapor pressure and it will burst open. As a result of the expansion and flash-off a pressure wave occurs. In the case of flammable gases a fireball will form. The effects of a BLEVE for a tank with a flammable liquid are:  A fireball: model gives the radius of the fire ball and the thermal load  Pressure wave effects resulting from the expansion of the vapor and the flash-off. This is however, not predominating in this case  Rupture of the tank, resulting in the formation of numerous fragments of the tank. These fragments can be hurled over at fairly great distances by the energy released

Ignition of a Gas Cloud If a flammable gas is not ignited directly, this cloud will spread in the surrounding area. The drifting gas cloud will mix with air. As long as the gas concentration is between the lower and upper explosion limit, the gas cloud may explode or give flash fire on availability of an ignition source. The flammable content of a gas cloud is calculated by a three-dimensional integration of the concentration profiles, which fall within the explosion limits. If the gas cloud ignites, two situations can occur, namely non-explosive combustion (flash fire) and explosive combustion (flash fire + explosion).

192 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Burning Torch The out flowing gas on immediate ignition gives a burning torch. In this model, an ellipse is assumed for the shape of a torch. The volume of the torch (flare) in this model is proportional to the outflow. In order to calculate the thermal load the centre of the flare is regarded as a point source.

Injuries resulting from Flammable Liquids and Gases In the case of flammable liquids and gases on immediate ignition, a pool fire or BLEVE or a flare will occur. The injuries in this case are mainly caused by heat radiation. It is only in the case of a BLEVE that injury may occur as a result of flying fragments also. Serious injuries as the result of the shock wave generally do not occur outside the fire ball zone. Fragmentation of the storage system can cause damage up to distances of over 1 km.

If the gas is not ignited immediately, it will disperse into the atmosphere. If the gas cloud ignites, it is assumed that everyone present within the gas cloud will die as a result of burns or asphyxiation. The duration of the thermal load will be too brief in case of explosion to cause any injuries. In the event of very rapid combustion of the gas cloud the shock wave may cause damage outside the limits of the cloud. Explosive combustion will only occur if the cloud is enclosed to some extent between buildings and structures.

Damage Models for Heat Radiation It is assumed that everyone inside the area covered by the fire ball, a BLEVE, a torch, a burning pool or gas cloud will be burnt to death or will asphyxiate. The following probit functions are examples of methods which can be used to calculate the percentage of lethality and first degree burns that will accurate a particular thermal load and period of exposure of an unprotected body.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 193

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Lethality

Pr = - 36.38 + 2.56 ln (t.q4/3)

First degree burn symptoms Pr = -39.83 + 3.0186 ln (t.q4/3)

Where, t= Exposure time in seconds, q= Thermal load in W/m2, Pr= Probit value, which relates to the percentage of affected people

For the exposure time, two values are chosen:  10 seconds: In a residential area, it is reasonable to assume that affected people can find protection from the thermal load within 10 seconds.  30 seconds: This pessimistic assumption applies if people cannot directly flee or no protection is provided to them.

Damage Model for Pressure Waves A pressure wave can be caused by a BLEVE or gas cloud explosion. The peak overpressure of 0.3 bar will lead to heavy damage to buildings and structures. Secondary fire and explosion are likely to take place due to cascading effects. A peak overpressure of 0.1 bar is taken as the limit for fatal injury and 0.03 bar as limit for the occurrence of wounds as the result of flying fragments of the glass. Similarly a peak overpressure of 0.01 bar is taken as the limit for the smashing of windows pans.

7.7.10 Specific Emergencies Anticipated and Mitigation Measures Consequence analysis for leakage from RS/ENA storage tank. The following inputs were used to run ALOHA model for computation of damage distances from 2” & 4” leak from one RS/ENA tank: Molasses storage tanks Storage tanks (3 No.) of – 4500 X 2 and 4975 X1 Total 13975 MT MT Capacities Proposed one MS tank of 10000 MTX 1

194 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Material of construction- MS Dead storage - Nil Specific gravity- 0.8

ALOHA model developed by USEPA was used to quantify the damage distances for release scenario of 2 inch leak in one RS/ENA storage tank for heat loads of 37.5 kW/m2, 12.5 kW/m2, and 4 Kw/m2 for pool fire scenario under weather condition of 3F. The damage distances for 37.5 kW/m2, 12.5 kW/m2, and 4 Kw/m2 were computed as 6 m, 9 m and 17.3 m respectively.

Similarly the release scenario for 4 inch leak in one RS/ENA tank was visualized for heat loads of 37.5 kW/m2, 12..5 kW/m2,, and 4 Kw/m2 for pool fire scenario under weather condition of 3F. The damage distances for 37.5 kW/m2,, 16.5 kW/m2,, and 4 kW/m2 were computed as 9.9 m, 19.2 m and 32.9 m respectively.

For avoiding any kind of fire incident leakages inside the factory premises, the following safety measures have to be undertaken: Safety Equipment Table 7.5: Fire & safety facilities Sr. No. Particulars 1. DCP Type 5 Kg Fire Extinguisher 2. DCP Type 10 Kg Fire Extinguisher

3. CO2,Water type ,Capacity 9 lit 4. Mechanical Foam Type, Capacity 9 lit

5. Carbon Di Oxide,(CO2) Capacity 4.5 Kg

7.2.11 Risk Reduction Measures The following opportunities will be considered as a potential means of reducing identified risks during the detailed design phase:

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 195

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report  Buildings and plant structures designed for cyclone and seismic events (where appropriate), to prevent structural collapse and integrity of weather (water) proofing for storage of dangerous goods;  Provision for adequate water capacity to supply fire protection systems and critical process water;  Isolate people from load carrying/mechanical handling systems, vehicle traffic and storage and stacking locations;  Installation of fit-for-purpose access ways and fall protection systems to facilitate safe access to fixed and mobile plant;  Provision and integrity of process tanks, waste holding tanks and bunded areas as per relevant standards;  Containment of hazardous materials;  Security of facility to prevent unauthorized access to plant, introduction of prohibited items, and control of onsite traffic; and  Development of emergency response management systems commensurate with site specific hazards and risks (fire, explosion, rescue, and first aid).  Surrounding population (includes all strata of society) should be made aware of the safety precautions to be taken in the event of any mishap within the plant. This can effectively be done by conducting the training programs.  Critical switches and alarm should be always kept in line  Fire extinguishers should be tested periodically and should be always kept in operational mode  A wind direction pointer should also be installed at storage site so that in an emergency the wind direction can be directly seen and downwind population cautioned  Shut off and isolation valves should be easily approachable in emergencies  A detailed HAZOP and Fault Tree Analysis should be carried out before commissioning of any new installation.

196 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Figure 7.1: Emergency provision in the factory premises

7.3 Disaster Management Plan This DMP has been designed based on the range, scales and effects of "Major Generic Hazards" described in the Risk Assessment. The DMP addresses the range of thermal and mechanical impacts of these major hazards so that potential harm to people onsite and off-site, plant and environment can be reduced to a practicable minimum. The scenarios of loss of containment are credible worst cases to which this DMP is linked. Disaster Management Plan is an elaborate scheme of planning events and organizing the chain of command which will enact swiftly to counter contingencies arising out of the accident whose cause can be catastrophic rupture of tank leading to pool fire –among many others. The general description of the emergency management plan is discussed below which is further bifurcated into the onsite emergency plan and off-site emergency plan. The project is in its formative stage and detail engineering is yet to be done, so the elements of the DMP are based on concepts. 7.3.1 Capabilities of DMP The emergency plan envisaged will be designed to intercept full range of hazards specific to power plant such as fire, explosion, major spill etc. In particular, the DMP will be designed and conducted to mitigate those losses of containment situations, which have potentials to escalate into major perils. Another measure of the DMP's capability will be to combat small and large fires due to ignition, of flammable materials either from storage or from process streams and evacuate people from the affected areas speedily to safe locations to prevent irreversible injury.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 197

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report Emergency medical aids to those who might be affected by incident heat radiation flux, shock wave overpressures, and toxic exposure will be inherent in the basic capabilities. The most important capability of this DMP will be the required speed of response to intercept a developing emergency in good time so that disasters such as explosion, major fire etc. are never allowed to happen. 7.3.2 Declaration of Emergency a) Communication with declarer of emergency When an emergency situation arises in the plant, it will be first noticed by some workers on the shop floor. He will immediately get in touch with shift –in-charge of that particular section. The shift –in-charge will initiate action to overcome the emergency, and will use his discretion to shut – down the factory if he feels that emergency situation is very serious. He will simultaneously get in touch with the Declarer of Emergency. The possible Declarers of Emergency in the order of priority are given below i) Chairman & Managing Director ii) General Manager iii) Distillery Managers

b) Communication with Declarer The shift in charge has to try to get in touch with number one of the declarer of emergency on phone. The phone number of the Declarers of Emergency should be known to every worker. In case the phones are out of order due to some reason or the other, a messenger has to be immediately sent by the shift by the shift –in-charge to contact the Declarer of Emergency As the vehicles are coming under the jurisdiction of the Transport Department, which is open all the 24 hours, the shift –in –charge will get in touch with the in charge of the Transport Department, who will in turn make arrangements to send a messenger to the Declarer of Emergency. In case the first Declarer is not available or is out of station, as the case may be, due to some reason or the other, the Shift –in –charge or the messenger, will get in touch with the second or the subsequent Declarer of Emergency in order of priority given in the above section. c) Announcing of Emergency

198 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

 Factory Layout Plan  Emergency telephone numbers;  General telephone numbers;  Emergency lighting;  Hooters  Daily number of people working in hazardous area;  Population around the factory;  Hot lines to the District Magistrate, Police Control Room, Fire brigade, antidotes and telephone numbers of hospitals etc,  Information regarding dispersion and  Safety equipment. Apart from the above information, the control rooms shall have a list of possible accidents and the number of people to be affected in each of possible accident displayed on daily basis depending on the predominant wind direction and weather conditions.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 199

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report The Control room shall not be on the main road as it is likely that there will be traffic congestion at these points. This should make the task of controlling the Emergency as well as controlling the traffic easier. After the assembly of plant workers at the control room suitable evacuation and plant shut down methodology is to be adopted.

7.3.4 Emergency Fire Fighting Equipment The industry will provide firefighting facilities in the industry in order to tackle the emergency firefighting:  Adequate number of fire extinguishers as per the factory rules shall be provided.  A storage sump exclusively for storing water for meeting emergency fire conditions will be provided with necessary piping and pumping facilities;  Adequate number of safety showers and eye wash fountains in the plant as per the factory rules shall be provided.  Regular firefighting and safety training shall be imparted to the employees.

7.3.5 Evacuation of Workers and Plant Shut Down When the emergency is declared, all workers should leave their places of work and reach the safe place has been recognized as the Main Gate of the Plant. However in confusion and excitement, the workers may not exactly know which path may not be visible. Further when the emergency is in the same section in which a particular worker is working; there will be so much smoke or toxic fumes that it may be difficult for him to find the path or exit and he will require some special guidance. Thus it is very necessary that there are guide paths for the workers to follow in case of emergency so that they can reach the main gate in safe condition. The especial guide paths with an emergency lighting shall be drawn and workers will be made familiar with them. It may so happen that these paths fall in the way of toxic fumes. Thus alternate paths have also been decided upon. There may be some workers who could be hurt and/ or unable to come out. To help them, a special team has to be selected on voluntary basis. This team is quite a large one because not all its voluntary members will be available in one shift. The appropriate members who should send this team with hooters to the factory area along with necessary safety equipment which will always be kept ready for use in the main control

200 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Integrated Sugar Plant Expansion (5000 to 7500 TCD), Ethanol Plant Expansion (30 to 100 KLPD) With Incineration Boiler / TG / Auxiliaries For ZLD & Cogeneration Power Plant (44 MW) Project at Nagnathannanagar,Tal. Walwe, Dist. Sangli, Maharashtra Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report room. This team shall pick up those workers who have been hurt and make arrangements to bring them to safe place near the main gate. At the gate it there shall be arrangement for counting of the workmen reporting there. In some cases, it may so happen that in the excitement of the emergency some workmen may go away without reporting at the main gate, in spite of the fact the training being given to them to report at the main gate. All the workers who have arrived at the main gate. All the workers who have arrived at the main gate should be counted against the number which had entered. The total number consists of not only the workers but also the visitors and contract laborers (not only associated with the factory but also associated with the contractors). When the injured workers are brought to the main gate, they have to be shifted to the hospitals with or without the help of police. For this, arrangements will be made for a number of vehicles, ambulances etc. If outside public in the nearby villages are affected, their evacuation shall be done by police. The local controller of emergency shall also arrange for guarding the property and law and order control. The police shall also arrange for temporary shelter and food and will also make arrangements to take the public back to their residences, after the emergency situation has been controlled. It is absolutely necessary that the plant is shut down immediately. For the shutting down of the plant, the procedure to be followed is described below.

7.4 Disaster Control Philosophy The principal strategy of DMP is "Prevention" of identified major hazards. The "Identification" of the hazards will employ one or more of the techniques [e.g. Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP), accident consequence analysis etc.]. Since these hazards can occur only in the event of loss of containment, one of the key objectives of technology selection, project engineering, construction, commissioning, and operation is "Total and Consistent Quality Assurance". The Project Authority will be committed to this strategy right from the conceptual stage of the plant so that the objective of prevention can have ample opportunities to mature and be realized in practice.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 201

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report The DMP or Emergency Preparedness Plan (EPP) will consist of:  On-site Emergency Plan  Off-site Emergency Plan Disaster Management Plan preparation under the headlines of On-site Emergency Plan and Off-site Emergency Plan is in consonance with the guidelines laid by the Ministry of Environment and Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC) which states that the "Occupier" of the facility is responsible for the development of the On-site Emergency Plan. The Off- site Emergency Plan should be developed by the Government (District Authorities).

7.4.1 On-Site Emergency Management The following section describes methodology to deal with On-site emergency. The responsibilities of the various plant personnel are also indicated. 7.4.1.1 Duties of personnel if fire occurs A) Chief Co-coordinator Functions He will declare the state of emergency to everyone concerned, especially to people above him and to the senior officials of the organizations whose help will be required He will be in constant contact with the Deputy Chief Co-ordinator 1) He will receive all information regarding the emergency from the disaster site 2) He will receive information regarding additional resources requirement from site 3) He will convey necessary instructions to the site - Dy. Chief Co-ordinator 4) He will authorize evacuation of personnel through Dy. Chief Co-ordinator 5) He will authorize additional resources mobilization through his advisors 6) He will approve release of information regarding disasters to outside agencies through Administration Advisor

B) Special Advisor (Location: Main Control Center) Functions If the chief Coordinator is not in the spot then he is in charge of the crisis control room 1) He is communicator between the chief Co-coordinator higher up like Director, C. & M. D., Ministry, etc.

202 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

C) Technical Advisor Functions 1) Collection of data and analysis all the available data regarding the disaster 2) He is the communicator between Dy. Chief Co-ordinator through Chief Co-ordinator 3) He is responsible for maintenance of logbook record charts etc. will be in his custody 4) Any queries that regarding chemical, or any oils will be answered through him

D) Material coordinator Functions 1) He is responsible and regularize for procurements being made on an emergency basis. 2) He will inform about all purchases to finance advisor E) Finance Advisor Functions: 1) He is responsible for all finance-related work such as excise and customs, insurance formalities and FR cashier and relating emergency cash if required

F) Administration Advisor Functions 1) He takes approval from the chief co-ordinator and will inform the press and outside agencies regarding disaster. 2) He will arrange catering and inform through welfare officer regarding communication to relative of the injured employees 3) When approved by the chief co-ordinator he will supervise to as of the emergency location with the press/Govt. agencies along with the Technical advisor. 4) He arranges CISF for transport and additional manpower.

G) Fire and Safety Coordinator Function 1) On arrival at the scene, he will evaluate the strategy chalked out by Manager-Fire & Safety / Manager-Shift and coordinate with Civil Fire Brigade for effective control

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 203

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report EIA Report 2) Co-ordinate with Dy. Chief Co-ordinator for actions as deemed necessary, which will assist the operations department to carry out their activities safety 3) Assess the need of rescue operation and make arrangements for the same 4) Co-ordinate with Medical Adviser for ambulance and other medical assistance as may be necessary 5) Ensure that all the assigned personnel as mentioned above are carrying out their duties and whenever any extra assistance is required makes arrangements for the same 6) Co-ordinate with Manager-PR, for meeting the Press and members of public, if called for. 7) Ensure adequacy of men and equipment at the scene and proposed plant premises. If required, make arrangements for getting necessary assistance 8) Make arrangements for replacements of unwanted equipment/damaged equipment from the scene 9) Ensure that all approaches are clear and safe and deploy men and equipment in a coordinated fashion 10) Provide necessary expert guidance for firefighting operation and carry out further operations safety 11) If any maintenance assistance is required, liaises with Maintenance Co-ordinator for the same

Functions of medical centre 1. Co-ordinate Ambulance Activities 2. Get blood donors 3. Give First Aid 4. Get more ambulance 5. Hospital Co-ordination 6. Keep Statistics of injured employees 7. Take out History Cards of injured employees 8. Procure additional medicines/bandages Etc.

204 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Actions to be taken by Shift security chief

A: Function of Security Center 1. Receive and co-ordinate with police 2. To give direction to incoming external help 3. Cordon off area and provide road blocks as per instruction 4. Review evacuation procedure with police 5. Control incoming traffic, traffic near main gate & outgoing movements 6. Mobilize available vehicles 7. Get additional help from barricks

Actions to be taken by External Centre A: Function of Mechanical center 1. Arrange available transport at different locations. 2. Arrange the additional vehicles. 3. Mobile Canteen. 4. Emergency maintenance jobs.

B: Function of Transport Officer 1. Will mobile all the available vehicles and drivers 2. He will rent vehicles as needed 3. Will arrange for vehicles requirement of plant coordinator, chief coordinator

A typical organogram for the on–site emergency plan is shown in Figure -7.1

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 205

Safety Officer

Site Incident Shift In charge Operator Controller Controller Rail/Road

Incident Shift In charge Operator

Controller for

Emergency Operations Control Emergency Security Personnel Coordinator (Rescue, Fire Fighting) Emergency First Aid Coordinator Transport, Driver (Medical Mutual Telephone Aid, Transport & Operator EmergencyCommunication) Shift In charge Electrician Pump coordinator Operator (essential services)

Figure 7.2: Typical organogram for onsite emergency management plan

7.4.2 Offsite Emergency Plan

The off-site emergency plan begins beyond the premises of the plant. The possible impact on the immediate vicinity of the plant when emergency condition arises from the proposed plant. The responsibilities of various personnel and departments are as given below:-

7.4.2.1 Responsibilities of the Police  Communicate the information about the mishap to the other agencies.  Provide support to the other agencies as required.  Traffic management by cordoning of the area.  Arrange the evacuation of people.

206 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report 7.4.2.2 Responsibilities of the fire brigade  Fighting fire and preventing the spread.  Plugging the leaks of the chemicals, reducing the effects of gases and fumes.  Rescue and salvage operation.

7.4.2.3 Medical /Ambulance  First aid to persons affected.  Medical treatment.

7.4.2.4 Technical (Factory Inspectorate, Pollution Board, Technical experts from industry, research and training institution)  Furnish all the technical information to emergency services as required.  Investigate the causes of disaster.  Suggest the preventive measures for future action.

7.4.2.5 Rehabilitation (Local authorities and district administration)  Provide emergency control center in the area with facilities for directing, co- ordinating emergency control activities.  Arrange for rehabilitation of persons evacuated and arrange for food, medical, hygienic requirements.  Arrange for transportation for evacuation from residential location when required.  Maintain communication facilities and conditions with the help of the telephone department.

7.4.2.6 Measures to Be Taken During the Emergency  The plant authorities shall immediately send messages to the administration in case the hazard is likely to spread beyond the plant.  The concerned Police officers along with civic officials shall make arrangements for evacuation of the people from the villages to the safer areas.  The plant authorities shall extend the technical support in containing the damage. MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 207

 Most importantly, it is the responsibility of the officials of the plant that the people don’t get panicky.  After, all the hazard is totally curbed, people may be brought back to their respective villages. A typical organogram for the off –site emergency plan is shown in Figure 7.3

Figure 7.3: Typical Organogram for off-site emergency management plan

208 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report 7.5 Conclusion Project proponent will implement all preventive measures to tackle all type of emergencies arising out of operation or malfunction of individual unit’s. The required resources for Onsite and Offsite emergency management plan will be properly planned and provided to implement the plan effectively. The factory shall give highest priority towards Health and safety of the employees and people residing nearby areas. Management shall conduct the training to the nearby villagers to appraise them about their role during emergency. All nearby people shall be given training on do’s and don’ts during emergency situation.

Distillery Industry (Ethanol Plant) is associated with potential hazards to the employee and environment. As the hazards involved during operation and production activities will be known to the Management, all required mitigation measures shall be implemented in time to avoid the emergency situation from the arising. Unfortunately, if there is any emergency onsite of offsite, it will be tackled effectively due to availability of required resources at the site. Similarly, all the concern staff and members of the Teams shall be trained appropriately to tackle the emergencies in the plant. By knowing the type of emergency situation that may arise during operation of the plant, appropriate control measures will be implemented to reduce the gravity of the emergencies. Similarly, to avoid the emergency situation, all required mitigation measures will be implemented as recommended.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 209

CHAPTER VIII PROJECT BENEFITS Project benefit chapter furnishes the benefits of the project towards the society. This chapter is intended to give improvements in the physical infrastructure, improvements in the social infrastructure, employment potential – skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled and other tangible benefit from this project.

8.1 Proponent approach towards the Project The present crushing capacity of PKDNNHKASSKL 5000 TCD along with 24 MW cogeneration plant with 30 KLPD distillery and incineration boiler. Factory proposing modernization cum expansion project from 5000 TCD to 7500 TCD along with expansion of cogeneration project from 24 MW to 44 MW and distillery from 30 to 100 KLPD distilleries.

8.2 PROJECT BENEFITS 8.2.1 Improvements in the physical infrastructure The industry is established in the rural region of the state. The establishment of industry will provide direct and indirect employment to more than 100 local rural persons. Major part of these labors will be mainly from local villagers who are expected to engage themselves both in agriculture and project activities. This will enhance their income and lead to overall economic growth of the area. It helps to sustain the development of this area including further development of physical infrastructural facilities The following physical infrastructure facilities will improve due to proposed project.  Road transport facilities The road connectivity will get improved due to the industry. This improved physical infrastructure will be an added facility to the community for surface transport.  Water supply Efforts will be more focused on recycling of wastewater after adequate treatment. Thus water extraction for process will be minimized.

8.2.2 Improvements in the social infrastructure  The industry is in the rural region and economically backward. Creation of job opportunity and other business activity will improve the economy and attitude of the

210 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report public towards education and health. This may result in the creation of additional education and health care facilities in this rural area.  The proposed project will change the pattern of demand of various items of food and non-food products. It will help to generate sufficient income to local people.  Living in harmony is an important aspect of the society. This can happen only if, all the components are comfortably placed. Persons engaged in their respective vocation and accruing job satisfaction leads to this. This will become possible by this venture.  Rural sector economy is generally growing slow because of lack of amenities and facilities. Proposed project helps to provide steady support of money-flow, such utilities can come to that area and sustain.  This improved physical infrastructure will increase purchasing power of the farmers. They will be able to invest in modern agricultural practices. The sugar factory has already initiated several activities for the development of the region. Some of the prime activities are as follows.  It is providing good quality seed (Cane) material and fertilizers to member farmers.  It is providing training to the farmers  It has established an educational facility through which academic as well as technical education has been made available to the nearby students. In short, many developmental activities took place due to the establishment of sugar factory. The sugar factory is also determined and dedicated for the economic and social development of the region and initiate and continues many social developmental activities in the region. Some prime benefits of the project are highlighted below

 It will develop economy brings with literacy and healthy living. Ultimately educational and health level will increases, if there is confirm income source. 8.2.3 Employment Potential  The industry will be established in the rural region of the state.  The industry will provide skilled, semi-skilled, unskilled people, direct and indirect employment to more than 100 local rural persons.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 211

 It can be stated that by this activity employment potential is certainly increasing in all walks of life – skilled, semi-skilled, and unskilled.

8.2.4 Advantages of sugar, distilleries and cogeneration  The command area is rich in sugar cane cultivation and has adequate irrigation facilities for assured annual sugarcane availability  Readily available infrastructure, fuel, & water for renewable energy power generation project.  Provides an initiative to sugar mill to concentrate more on conservation of energy & reduction of operating cost, thereby improving their profitability of operation.  Saves the expenditure on safe storage and disposal of bagasse.  Benefits of quick return on biomass power capital investment and generation of additional revenue.  The economic benefits available to the sugar factories from sale of exportable surplus and improvement in the operations  Entire integrated project is proposed to be set up based on the stand-alone commercial viability of each component of the project.  Sugar factory expansion along with cogeneration and distillery is aimed to improve the technical efficiency of the unit in terms of steam utilization and power consumption.

8.3 Conclusion This venture of the proponents will bring improvement in the physical infrastructure of the surrounding area. It will recharge the groundwater by rain-harvesting, the road structure will be repaired, massive greening drive will improve the aesthetics, organic fertilizer and nursery will be available to the people, and generally the land prices will go up. The venture will also improve the social infrastructure, by way of strengthening the domestic set-up of the village Gram Panchyat. The Octroi, Property Tax and other facilities, security and safety will be a welcome feature. If the sons of soil will improve their skill, they may get attractive jobs in the vicinity itself, instead of migrating out. Women too can get suitable jobs.

212 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report CHAPTER IX: ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS This chapter depicted benefits of the proposed project to the environment. Project is aimed to fulfill the objective of sustainable development. In what way and to what extent this will reach is submitted herein below.

9.1 Environmental Benefits

 The proposed integrated expansion of sugar, distillery & co-generation project will have overall positive impact  Factory shall follow safety rules & regulations, maintain good housekeeping and judiciously operate eco-friendly and zero discharge project to meet the prescribed norms and shall promote environment friendliness.  Alcohol is well known as an industrial raw material for manufacture of a variety of organic chemicals including pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, polymers etc.  A large demand is anticipated for alcohol as a fuel. Alcohol is an eco-friendly product and is a substitute to the imported petroleum.  Indeed fuel ethanol production has been promoted for a variety of reasons as mentioned below,  It has less severe impact on the environment than conventional gasoline and less dangerous to health. As oxygenates are compounds such as alcohols or ethers which contain oxygen in their molecular structure. Oxygenated fuels tend to give a more complete combustion of its carbon to carbon dioxide (rather than monoxide) which leads to reduced air pollution from exhaust emissions.  It reduces the dependence on oil imports.  It helps to maintain rural economy.  Factory proposes zero liquid discharge method for waste water treatment. Maximum waste water will be recycled back into the system.  Proposed sugar factory will not require fresh water for its operation; instead that it is providing water to the distillery.  Factory proposes to install Multiple Effect evaporator followed by Incineration boiler. Advantages are as follows  Production of steam and power generation.  Reduction in air pollution as compared to coal based boiler.  Reduction in water pollution and achieve zero discharge in inland surface water.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 213

CHAPTER X ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN Environment Management Plan (EMP) is a system to address potential adverse impacts and to instruct project proponent to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project activities. EMP will ensure that the project will be implemented in an environmentally sustainable manner and where all concerned persons of the industry as well as contractors, understand the potential environmental risks arising from the proposed project to implement appropriate actions so that risk can be managed properly. Detail description pertaining to identification of pollution sources, its assessment, and related impact along with mitigation measures are given in Chapter IV.

10.1 Introduction Environmental Management is a resource management and environmental planning similar to development planning. Suitable environmental management measures need to be incorporated during the entire planning, construction and operating stages of the project to minimize any adverse environmental impact and assure sustainable development of the area. Proposed project is a manufacturing unit for sugar, Alcohol and power generation. Details of the proposed project are covered in Chapter II whereas; various existing environmental scenarios are presented in Chapter III Deliberations and prediction of environmental impacts and its analysis are made in Chapter IV. Environmental Impact Analysis carried out in Chapter IV indicated that proposed developmental project would have less significant impact on the environmental attributes. On the other hand, it will have beneficial impacts on socio-economic features, and occupational structure provided following measures are undertaken. The EMP is generally:

 Prepared in accordance with rules and requirements of the MoEFCC and the State Pollution Control Board  To ensure that the component of facility are operated in accordance with the design  Process that confirms proper orientation through supervision and monitoring  System that addresses public complaints during construction and operation phase  Plan that ensure remedial measures are implemented immediately.

214 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report The key benefits of the EMP are that, it provides the organization with means of managing its environmental performance thereby allowing it to contribute to improved environment quality. The other benefits include cost control and improved relation to stakeholders. EMP includes four major elements

 Commitment and Policy: of proposed project will strive to provide and implement the Environmental Management Plan that incorporates all issues related to air, land and water.  Planning: This includes identification of environmental impacts, legal requirements and setting environmental objectives.  Implementation: This comprises of resources available to the developers, accountability of contractors, training of operational staff associated with environmental control facilities and documentation of measures to be taken  Measurement and Evaluation: This includes monitoring, corrective actions, and record keeping.

During study of the environmental attributes it was seen that all the aspects would be considered to promote the better development in case of future aspects of project as well as environmental aspects.

10.2 Environmental management during construction phase The construction activities of the proposed unit will increase in dust concentrations and fugitive emission due to vehicles movement. The following control measures are recommended to mitigate the probable adverse impacts. 10.2.1 Site preparation The development of site for erections of plant structure, office building & other allied activities shall require careful management planning as the construction activities shall be located in plain barren land owned by the project proponent. It is necessary to control the dust nuisance that would be created by excavation, leveling and transportation activities so that impacts on the various components of environment would be minimized. No tree cutting will be envisaged. Regular sprinkling of water around vulnerable areas of the construction sites to control the dust spread or emission into the atmosphere. However identified impacts would be of temporary type and within the plant boundary. Excavated

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 215

soil will be covered with tarpaulin sheet or shall be kept in such way that dust emission will be avoided. Green belt area shall be developed to reduce air and noise pollution impacts. Top excavated soil be used in greenbelt development, rest hard rock will be used in leveling work. First Aid facilities shall be made available during construction. 10.2.2 Noise Though level of construction activities shall not be very high, still some specific sources of noise like welding, transportation, movement of earth movers, tractors, concrete or asphalt mixing etc. should be carried out in a controlled manner. Neither the plant nor the construction workers should be exposed to excessive noise levels. No idling of machine shall be allowed during construction activities Night time construction activities and vehicular movement shall not be allowed. Personal protective equipment like ear muffs or ear plugs, masks etc. will be provided to workers who will be exposed to high noise. 10.2.3 Construction equipment and waste Transport vehicles as well as transport routes should be properly maintained during whole construction phase to minimize smoke / dust emission from vehicle exhausts and unpaved roads. Composite solid wastes including metal scrape, earthwork, other wastes, getting generated in construction process should be disposed of in safe manner. Certain hazardous waste materials, though the requirement of such materials shall be small, should be stored safely and be disposed of properly. 10.2.4 Site security and Occupational Health Construction site has a potential hazardous environment. To ensure that the local inhabitants are not exposed to these hazards, the site shall be secured by fencing and manned entry points. It will be fully illuminated during nighttime Necessary care will be taken as per the safety norms for the storage of the chemical products Contractor will supervise the safe working of their employees.  Barricades and fences are provided around the construction area personnel protective equipment’s e.g. safety helmet, goggles, gumshoes, etc. will be provided to the workers.  Accidental spill of oils from construction equipment and storage sites will be prevented.

216 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report  Tree plantation will be undertaken during the construction phase for to prevent air pollution will be nullify in operation phase of the project.  Personal Protective Equipment like ear muffs or ear plugs, masks etc. will be provided to workers who will be exposed to high noise.  First Aid facilities shall be made available during construction.  All necessary infrastructural services like water, drainage facilities and electrification will be provided as per requirement  Drainage network will be properly channelized. Storm water drainage will be developed properly. This network will be checked & maintained regularly.

10.3 Environment Management Plan for Operation Phase Factory proposes comprehensive environment management plan to combat pollution arising from the project activities. Detailed EMP is described below for various environmental parameters. 10.3.1 Air Pollution Management  Baseline ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out during the month of

March 2018 to May 2018. It is observed that the concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and CO are well within the prescribed limits as per the National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The major sources of air emissions from the proposed projects include non-point and point source emissions.  The major sources of air pollution from the proposed projects will be from flue gas emission, process emission and vehicular emissions. There will not be any air emission anticipated from the process.  Emission other sources are particulate matter, sulphur-di-oxide and nitrogen oxide etc., from DG and stack.  Proposed new Boiler of capacity 220 TPH with 72 m stack height. Existing Boiler will be demolished  Total particulate matter from stack will be <100 mg/NM3  All the conveyors/vehicles conveying raw material within or outside the plant premises shall be covered from all sides to prevent blowing of particles due to wind.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 217

 To control the vehicular pollution, control measures will be implemented such as periodical check of Vehicle for its fitness and PUC certificates. Observance of periodical maintenance schedule and its proper implementation. Table 10.1: Utility emission Stack Height Diameter Fuel Air Pollution Emission (meter) (meter) Control Device concentration Boiler 220 TPH 72 4 m Bagasse and Stack height PM-< 100 mg/ Nm3 Biogas and ESP SO2-100 ppm Boiler 40 TPH 72 3.5 Coal and Stack height NOx-50 ppm Spent wash and ESP

Table 10.2: Fugitive emissions Sr. Process Emissions Mitigation No. 1. Loading -unloading Particulate  Dust collectors/ Water sprinkling section matter whenever required. Close conveyer wherever possible.  Training to workers of proper handling of material.  Good housekeeping. 2. Storage of Odor, volatile  Ventilation chemicals, emissions,  Training to workers of proper handling of product, fuel and gaseous material raw material emissions  Good housekeeping 3. Vehicular Particulate  Vehicles with valid PUC Certificate. emissions matter, SO2,  Dust suppression on haul roads NOx

10.3.2 Noise pollution management Various components of industrial operations cause some amount of noise, which shall be controlled by proper maintenance and compact technology.  Closed room shall be provided for all the utilities like boiler so as to attenuate the noise pollution.  Acoustic enclosure shall be provided to D.G sets.  The insulation will be provided to reduce noise.  Layouts of equipment foundations and structures will be designed keeping in view the requirement of noise abatement;

218 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report  Central control room(s) provided for operation and supervision of plant and equipment will be air-conditioned, glass fiber insulated frames which will help in reducing noise levels. Necessary enclosures will also be provided on the working platforms/areas to reduce the noise levels ;  Acoustic laggings and silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary. The compressed air station will be provided with suction side silencers. Ventilation fans will be installed in enclosed premises  The noise level will not exceed the permissible limit 75 dB (A) during the day time 70 dB (A) night time within the plant premises. Green belt around the plant area will reduce the noise level further.  Occupational Health & Safety (OHSAS) System for evaluation of exposure of noise pollution on the associated staff and comparing it with permissible exposure and subsequently taking corrective actions will be developed.  Free flow of traffic movement shall be maintained. Earmuffs shall be used while running equipment’s of the plant.  Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals shall be done to reduce generation of noise.  Regular monitoring of noise level shall be carried out.  Greenbelt shall be developed around the periphery of the plant to reduce noise levels.

10.3.3 Water and waste water management  Krishna River will be the main source of fresh water for different activities of the project during operation phase. Necessary permission for water extraction is available with the factory.  The total fresh requirement for the expansion project of Sugar and Cogeneration is 460 KL/Day (i.e. Industrial use – 360 KLPD and Domestic -100 KLPD) and will be drawn from Krishna River. The total maximum fresh water requirement for existing distillery is 200 CMD and for proposed expansion it will be 590 CMD.  Existing 500 CMD ETP from sugar unit for proposed expansion ETP capacity will be upgraded to 800 CMD, Co-generation power plant is being treated in proposed ETP

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 219

capacity 800 CMD and treated water is recycled/reused in greenbelt development and ferti-irrigation.  Sewage will be dispose through septic tank via soak pit.  The process condensate effluent from evaporation processes shall be treated Process Condensate Treatment Plant.  Total Spent wash generation will be 600 CMD. For existing unit spent wash is treated trough Biogas unit followed by Multi effect evaporator (MEE) followed by Bio composting. For Proposed 70 KLPD expansion spent wash will be treated through generated spent wash will be concentrated in MEE and burn in proposed 70TPH spent wash fired boiler.  The industry will have integrated evaporation followed by spent wash fired boiler system as effluent treatment. Spent wash coming out of distillation section will be subjected to integrated evaporation followed by spent wash fired boiler. The process condensate Treatment Plant will be provided to treat the process condensate from evaporation. Cooling tower and boiler blow down will used for green belt irrigating based on COC.

Figure 10.1 Existing ETP Flow chart

10.3.3.1 Spent wash storage lagoon details

220 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report  Storage lagoon capacity: Five days.  Preparation of embankment in soil for all four sides 1:2 slopes to be maintained.  Proper compaction.  Laying of 250 micron thick HDPE sheet  Flat brick lining over HDPE sheet for bottom and slopes in cement mortar 1:5 with pointing.  Construction of the wall to avoid underscoring of the embankment during heavy rains.  Lagoon top with bricks on edge in cement mortar 1:5.  Two coats of coal tar epoxy paint (120 micron total)  Provision of fencing around the lagoon to prevent entry of trespassers and stray animals 10.3.3.2 CREP Guidelines and its compliance mechanism  The guidelines recommended through CREP, which will be implemented by the project proponent, are as follows.  Spent wash storage lagoon of 5 days capacity  Impervious lagoons, constructed leak-proof, lined with HDPE sheets and protected by brick lining  Lined with HDPE sheets and protected with Reinforced cement concrete(RCC)  Provisions for leachate collection gutter and sump well as well as spent wash sprinkling pipeline network.  Provision of modern machinery for turning of wind rows and spraying of spent wash 10.3.4 Solid hazardous waste management  Sugarcane trash, bagasse, press mud, ash, & ETP and yeast sludge are the major source of land pollution, however factory has provided ash and press mud storage area. Press mud will be sold to the farmer as manure. Sugarcane is an excellent biomass resource; Cane trash’s calorific value is similar to that of bagasse. Hence it is mixed with bagasse and burnt in the boiler as a fuel. Ash generated from the bagasse is rich in potash; hence it is sold to farmers as manure.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 221

 Coal ash from the boiler will be sold to the brick-manufacturing unit. Spent wash ash and Bagasse ash will be sold to farmer as it is rich in potassium. Bagasse ash is partly send to the brick manufacturer  The Yeast sludge and sludge from ETP can be used as manure Table 10.3: Quantification of Solid Waste Sr. Type of Quantity Final Disposal No. waste From existing Proposed 1. Press mud 200 TPD 300 TPD Press mud will be sold to the farmer as manure. 2. Bagasse Ash 25 TPD 240 TPD Bagasse ash will be sold to farmer as manure 3. Proposed - 26-30 TPD Potash rich ash will sell to Farmers Spent wash Ash 4. Coal Ash - 134.4 Sent to Brick manufacturing

5. Domestic Negligible Negligible Local waste collection system 6. Spent oil Negligible Negligible Authorized recycler

10.3.5 Odor Management Plan Anticipated odor generation sources will be molasses, fermentation unit, spent wash, ETP septic tank, Yeast storage & ETP sludge. Following control measures shall be implemented to avoid the odor in the atmosphere:  Better house-keeping  Whole process is work under closed conditions, close pipeline.  Spent wash from evaporation would be in a closed tank and directly send to the incineration in boiler.  For proposed expansion no bio-methanation will be adopted.  Existing bio compost yard will be properly maintain to avoid nuisance smell.Proper aeration shall be provided.  Fermentation unit will be provided with proper cover to avoid the spread of odor and regular steaming of all fermentation equipment’s; temperature will be kept under control during fermentation to avoid inactivation/killing of yeast; staling of fermented wash would also be avoided.

222 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report  Use of mill sanitation biocides to minimize the growth of aerobic /anaerobic micro– organisms.  Regular use of bleaching powder in the drains to avoid generation of putrefying micro-organisms.  ETP and Yeast sludge will be used as manure.  Steaming of major pipelines  Proper operating condition will be maintained.  Proper cleaning of drains.  Efficient operation of ETP.  Well planned Greenbelt will be developed in and around the plant premises to suppress the odor.

10.3.6 Greenbelt development Development of greenbelt in and around the industrial complex is an effective way to attenuate air pollution. The degree of pollution attenuation depends upon height, width, foliage, surface area of leaf and density of planted trees. Greenbelt will be developed as per CPCB guidelines. Taking into consideration ecological perspectives and availability of space and other aspects greenbelt development has been planned for the proposed project. This will help in increasing the aesthetic effect of the environment. Greenbelt will be developed along most of the periphery of the project area as well as along roads for avenue plantation. Existing green belt is 21 aces which is 33 % of the plot area i.e 64 acres. However, Factory will be going to enhance the greenbelt in the factory premises. Additional green belt will be develop on 1.5 acres. The following characteristics have been taken into consideration while selecting plant species for green belt development and tree plantation.  Fast growing  Thick canopy cover  Perennial and ever green  Large leaf area  Preferably Indigenous

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 223

 Resistant to pollutants and should maintain ecological balance for soil and geo- hydrological conditions of the region.  Abundance of surfaces on bark and foliage through roughness of bark, epidermal outgrowth on petioles, abundance of auxiliary hairs, hairs or scales on laminar surfaces and protected stomata (by wax, arches, rings, hairs, etc.) Since, the greenbelt development will be done as per the requirement i.e. type of activity performed at a particular area/ block/ plot, thus the tree spacing will vary from plot to plot. Therefore, approx. >600 plants (including trees and shrubs) are proposed for the greenbelt development. The general guidelines for development of greenbelt will be as follows:  Trees growing up to 5 m or more will be planted along the plant premises and along the road sides  Planting of trees will be undertaken in rows.  Open areas inside the plant boundary will be covered with grass.  The spacing between the trees will be maintained slightly less than the normal spaces, so that the trees will grow vertically and slightly increase the effective height of the green belt.  Since the trunks of the tall trees are generally devoid of foliage, it will be useful to have shrubs in front of the trees so as to give coverage to this portion.  Shrubs and trees will be planted in encircling rows around the project site.  The small trees (<10 m height) will be planted in the first two rows (towards plant side) of the green belt. The tall trees (>10 m height) will be planted in the outer three rows (away from plant side).  Trees should be planted along road sides, to arrest auto-exhaust and noise pollution.

224 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report Table 10.4: Planned Schedule for greenbelt development Trees Planned Tree density Size/type Location Providing interspacing schedul per 100 m2 ed 3 x 3m 2018- 25 Shrubs, small Near storage - Plan to develop 19 and medium tanks, process well designed trees area greenbelt as per 5 x 5m 09 Medium to Boundary of CPCB guidelines large size trees plot area, - Irrigation facility periphery of the for greenbelt factory - Monitoring 20-25m 04-05 Large size trees Road side large survival rate size trees - Providing fertilizers

Table 10.5: List of Plant Species for Plantations No. of trees Sr. No. Species Name Local Name Habit to be planted 1. Cassia fistula Bahava Tree 20 2. Terminalia alata Ain Tree 20 3. Aegle marmelos (L.) Corr. Bel Tree 20 4. Limonia acidissima L. Kavath Tree 10 5. Erythrina indica Indian Coral Tree Tree 10 6. Azadirachta indica Linn. Neem Tree 30 7. Butea monosperma L. Palas Tree 20 8. Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Karanj Tree 20 9. Dalbergia latifolia Roxb. Sisoo Tree 20 10. Michelia champaca Champak Tree 20 11. Ravenala madagascariensis Travellers palm Tree 20 12. Terminalia catappa L. Badam Tree 20 13. Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Jambhul Tree 20 14. Alstonia scholaris (L.) R.Br. Saptaparni Tree 20 15. Plumeria alba L. Chapha Tree 20 16. Tectona grandis L.f. Sag Tree 15 17. Ficus benghalensis L. Wad Tree 20 18. Ficus religiosa L. Pimpal Tree 10 19. Ficus racemosa L. Umbar Tree 10 20. Caryota urens L. Fish Tail Palm Tree 10 21. Nyctanthus arbor-tristis L. Parijatak Tree 10 22. Bombax ceiba Linn. Katesawar Tree 10 23. Murraya paniculata Kamini Tree 5 24. Cassia fistula bahava Tree 20

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 225

No. of trees Sr. No. Species Name Local Name Habit to be planted List of Some Hedge Plants 25. Arabian Jasmine Butt mogara Shrub 30 26. Justicia adhatoda L. Adulsa Shrub 25 27. Nerium indicum Mill. Kanher Shrub 25 28. Tecoma stans (L.) H.B.& K. Tabobia/Phutani Shrub 10 29. Ocimum americanum L. Ran Tulas Herb 10 30. Hibiscus indicus Burm. F. Hochr Jasvand Shrub 10 Total 600

10.3.7 Management of traffic  The site is well connected Project site is connected to Gotkhindi-Walwa Road adjacent to the factory, Walwa-Tasgaon Road 0.8 km in NE and NH4 (Mumbai - Pune - Kolhapur – Goa) is 12 m in SW.  There is enough space for movements of vehicles and parking.  The traffic management on the project site is easily and smoothly monitored without any hindrance to the regular flow of traffic on the main road.  Flow of traffic is eased out by providing adequate entries and exits from parking areas 10.3.8 Rainwater Harvesting Plan The Rain Water Harvesting (RHW) program can helps in many ways starting from conservation of natural resources to prevention of soil erosion. Rainwater is very helpful to industry in terms of saving of economy of water consumption. The rainwater collection by roof top harvesting has been preferred at present for the proposed project. Proponent has planned to conduct a detailed study after inception of proposed project for assessment feasibility, suitability of available techniques for implementation of rainwater harvesting program. Proponent has decided to conduct rainwater harvesting. The collected rain water will be used for groundwater recharging. The probable available catchment areas worked out to be approximately 19178 m2. The calculated harvesting potential details are provided in Table 10.6.

Storm Water Drainage Line: Based on the rainfall intensity of the proposed area, storm water drainage system will be designed at the construction stage of the project. Storm

226 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report water drainage system will consist of well-designed network of open surface drains with rainwater harvesting pits. A separate drainage system will be provided in which plant effluent will not be mixed. Conduits: Pipes will be used to carry rain water from catchment to the recharge pit, passing through filter. A valve will be put at the end of wall for first flushing. Filter: Sand Filter will be used to remove suspended pollutants from the rainwater. Recharge: After filtration, water will be recharged using percolation pit, filled with pebbles or brick and river sand and covered with perforated concrete slabs. Depth of recharge pit will be designed according to ground water table of the area. The quantum of water that could be harvested in the study area is calculated using the formula, Harvesting potential = Catchment Area (m2) * Runoff Coefficient * Annual Rainfall (m) RWH Quantification Runoff coefficient for calculating flow for rainwater design based on Central Pollution Control Board Ministry of Environment & Forests data. Average rainfall of Sangli District

from last 10 years is 681.8 mm (Source. IMD) Table 10.6: Incremental Run off due to project development Particulars Total rainfall 0.6818 m Catchment area (m2) Rooftop area 19178 Run off co-efficient Rooftop area 0.95 Harvesting potential (m3) Rooftop area 19178 12421 m3

Recommendations: Owing to the nature of aquifer rock, i.e. moderately weathered, fractured/jointed at most of the places, it is having moderate potential for recharge of aquifers. 2. Recharge pit around the dug well is recommended on site. 3. A recharge pit of 1.0 m x 1.0 m x 1.5 m depth should be constructed around the with filter media. The size of the filter material is generally taken as:  Coarse sand – 1.5 to 2 mm  Gravels – 5 to 10 mm  Boulders- 5 to 20 cm

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 227

The filter material should be filled in graded manner. Boulders at the bottom, gravels in the middle and coarse sand at the top. Inside this tube well a perforated casing should be inserted up to the depth where the upper loose strata give way to the hard strata. The annular space between the tube well and the slotted casing should be filled with gravel.

10.3.9 Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) All precautionary methods will be adopted by the company to reduce the risk of exposure of employees to occupational safety and health hazards. Pre & post medical check-ups will be done of all the employees. Employees will be regularly examined and the medical records will be maintained for each employee. Pulmonary function test and periodical medical checkup shall be done once in every year. The following tests shall be conducted for each worker.  Lung Function Test  Radiology – X-ray  Pulmonary Function Test  Audiometric Test  General clinical examination with emphasis on respiratory system  Pre-employment examinations  Periodical medical examinations at the time of employment and after completion of employment Following control measures will be taken for the employees and workers engaged in work:  Personal protective equipment’s will be provided to all concern staffs and workers.  All safety signs will be placed at proper location  First aid kits will be made available at every department  Medical checkup at regular intervals for monitoring of health status of all workers  Work permit system will be introduced to avoid un-authorized person‘s entry  Fire hydrant system, fire extinguishers will be provided at specific locations  All staff and workers will be trained to fight the emergency situation  Good housekeeping also plays important role in avoiding the undesirable incidences. Therefore, good housekeeping practices will be employed.

228 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report Facilities such as provision of good quality water, sanitation and clean room for eating and resting shall be provided. It is evident from the project details that the risk or accidental spillage of chemicals may cause ill effects on the health of employees involved. In view of the effect on the health of workers from various activities and exposure during the work, required mitigation / control measures shall be implemented to reduce the associated risk and hazards.

10.3.10 Risk Assessment 10.3.10.1 Storage & Transportation of RS/ENA The proposed project will produce RS/ENA which is a flammable liquid. Leaving aside earthquake, cyclone, lightning, flood, arson, war and sabotage, the possible emergencies that can arise in the proposed project are:  Failure of vessels resulting in the release of RS/ENA.  Failure of pipelines resulting in the release of RS/ENA.  Failure of process equipment resulting in the release of RS/ENA.  Specific failures like accidental spillage of RS/ENA during handling.  Consequential fires involving the flammable materials. 10.3.10.2 Explosion of molasses tank  Proper ventilation shall be provided  Cooling system shall be provided  Inspection and regular monitoring of storage area  Training to Workers for proper handling  PPEs will be provided as Nose mask, Hand gloves.  Provision of level indicators for storage Tanks Table 10.7: Hazards & Mitigation Measures Associated with RS/ENA Description Clear Solution Flash Point 21 0C Boiling Point 78 0C Specific Gravity 0.8 Toxic hazards Highly Toxic Fire Extinguishing Media Use water, alcohol foam, dry chemical, carbon dioxide Mitigation Measures  Avoid breathing vapors.  Use Self Contained Breathing Apparatus.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 229

 Fire fighters should wear proper protective equipment.  Adequate Fire Fighting arrangements will be made.  Spark & Leak arrestors will be provided at proper places.  During Transportation the electrostatic charges should be prevented to avoid the explosion.

10.3.10.2 Fire Fighting & Protection System The firefighting system will be designed in conformity with the recommendations of the Tariff Advisory Committee (TAC) of Insurance Association of India. While designing the fire protection systems for this power station its extreme ambient conditions need special attention. Codes and Standards of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) will be followed, as applicable. The different types of fire protection / detection system envisaged for the entire project are given below.

 Hydrant System for entire area of power plant.  High Velocity Water Spray System (HVWS) for Generator Transformer (GT), Unit Auxiliary transformer (UAT), Station Transformer (ST), and turbine lube oil canal pipe lines in main plant, Boiler burner front, diesel oil tank of DG set, main lube oil tank, clean and dirty lube oil tanks.  Medium Velocity Water spray system – Cable gallery / Cable spreader room, bagasse conveyors, Transfer points and F.O. pumping station and F.O. tanks.  Foam system for Fuel oil tanks.  Portable and mobile fire extinguishers for entire plant.  Fire tenders (minimum 2 nos.).  Inert Gas System for Central Control Room, Control Equipment Room, Computer Room and UPS Room in the TG building.  Fixed Foam System: This system is provided for LDO and HFO storage tanks. The water for the foam system will be tapped from the Hydrant system.  Inert gas system: Inert gas system will automatically detect and suppress fire within a protected area. The system will be a total flooding fire suppression system with automatic detection and/or manual release capability. Complete system design will be in accordance with NFPA. The inert gas system will be

230 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report generally provided above false and below false ceiling of Central Control room, UPS Room, Control equipment room and Computer room.

Fire Detection and alarm system Fire Detection and alarm system will be provided for all Central Control room, Control Equipment Room, battery rooms, all switchgear rooms / MCC rooms, Cable spreader room and Computer rooms located in Power block area and in other auxiliary buildings. A microprocessor-based Fire Detection and Alarm system shall be provided for the entire plant area consisting of Intelligent Analog Addressable type detectors. The system will consist of a central monitoring station and the main Fire Alarm Panel (FAP) located in unit control room and one fire alarm and control panel and repeater panel provided in the fire station office

An industrial siren will be installed in the turbine generator building. The siren shall have an audible range of 3 km and produce a minimum sound level of 80 dB (A) above any other noise likely to persist for a period longer than 30 seconds. Additionally all exit routes and hallways in each occupied building shall be provided with sounders and flash light to facilitate safe evacuation in case of fire in the area. All necessary instruction and warning plates will be displayed.

10.3.11 Socioeconomic Development Proponent is planning to implement the Corporate Environment responsibilities (CER) activities for the nearby areas like infrastructure facility development, to make the provision of health and sanitation facilities considering the local people requirement and in consultation with district collector whenever needed. The company is planning to spend Rs. 2.87 cr. which is about 0.5% (Brownfield project >500 cr. investment) of additional capital investment project cost (574.38 cr.) within a period of 3 years. The time bound action plan for implementation of CSR activities is given in Table 10.8 Proposed CER activities:  Construction roads in the locality  Skill development programs  Close drainages in villages

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 231

 Lighting by CFL bulb / solar street lamps.  Free health camp  Drinking water supply Table 10.8: CER Activity Action Plan

2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 Total CER activity (Lacs) (Lacs) (Lacs) (Lacs) Lighting by CFL bulb/ Solar panels 10 10 10 30 Free health camp 20 20 12 52 Providing Water filters 20 10 10 40 Construction roads in the locality 20 15 10 45 Skill development programs 10 10 10 30 Close drainages in villages 20 20 10 50 Drinking water facilities/storage tanks 20 10 10 40 Total 120 95 72 287

10.4 Environment Management Cell (EMC) Environmental Management Cell will be established, which will be supervised and controlled by an independent Plant Manager supported by a team of technically qualified personnel apart from other operating staff.

It will be the responsibility of this Cell to supervise the monitoring of environmental attributes viz. ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise level etc either departmentally or by appointing external agencies wherever necessary. In case the monitored results of environmental contaminants are found to exceed the standard limits, the Environmental Management Cell will suggest remedial measures and get them implemented.

232 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report

Chairman

Managing Director

Process Manager/ Distillery Manager

Environment Officer

Lab Chemist

Figure 10.1: Environment Monitoring Cell Table 10.9: Environment Monitoring Cell and its responsibilities

Sr. Members Number Responsibility No. 1. Chairman One Overall implementation of environment management in the factory. 2. Managing One Supervision of overall implementation of Director environment management in the factory. 3. Process manager/ One Implementation of mitigation measures Distillery Manager considering all environment components. 4. Environment One Implementation of mitigation measures Officer considering all environment components, Health and safety of the workers. Technical advisory for all legal issues of environment as well as implementation of Environment Management in the Factory. Arranging the training programs for staff. Monitoring of efficiency of pollution control equipment’s, Water and energy conservation measures, Maintenance, supervision on housekeeping, ETP, Supervision and record keeping of compliance of all regulatory authorities. 5. Lab chemist One Monitor the work environment, health and safety of the workers. Implementation of occupational health and safety policies, program, procedures. Undertaking the Awareness activities.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 233

10.4.1 Responsibilities of Environmental Management Cell The EMC has the responsibility to supervise all the activities in the plant to ensure that those are being carried out as per the standard operating procedure to avoid any type harm to the environment. The EMC also undertake periodical monitoring or survey of various environmental parameters including monitoring and analysis of effluent, air, water and noise to ensure that these parameters are maintained within the prescribed limits. If any deviation observed, they will inform to initiate corrective action by the concern department or they will do themselves if required. They also undertake the physical survey of the green belt to ensure required growth and survival rate of the plant. They will also inform the concern department for corrective action if any to have proper growth of the plants. Environmental monitoring: EMC will ensure that pollution is well below the prescribed limits or there is no much difference between the present concentrations and baseline data. If wide difference is observed then they will need to initiate required corrective action either by optimizing the treatment process or by providing equipment or improving the performance of existing pollution controls equipment. In case the results indicate parameters exceeding the prescribed limits, remedial actions will be taken through the concerned plant people. The actual operation and maintenance of pollution control equipment will be the responsibility of respective department head or a plant in charge. Legal and statutory compliance: EMC will also supervise the work of other department pertaining to the activities of preparation of environment statement report, environment audit, Water Cess return and consent application as per the requirement under various Rules and regulations. They will also guide the HODs of individual department to fulfill the statutory requirements under various acts and applicable rules. Following Rules shall be applicable to the facility:  The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974  The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981  Hazardous and Other Waste (Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016  The Environment Protection Act, 1986  Explosive Act 1884 & the Explosive Rules, 2008

234 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report  E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 Documentation: The cell will also be responsible for maintaining the records of data, documents and information in line with the legislative requirement and will regularly furnish the same to the concern statutory authorities.

10.5 Post Clearance Monitoring Protocol After grant of environmental clearance by the MoEFCC, half yearly compliance reports will be submitted in hard and soft copies to the concerned regional MoEFCC office on 1st June and 1st December of each calendar year with respect to EC conditions. All such compliance reports submitted will be the public documents. Copies of the same will be made available to the stakeholder upon the request. Existing factory has submitted all compliance to the regional MoEFCC office.

10.6 Environment Management Plan Implementation schedule Four components are essential for effective implementation of EMP:  Training & Development  Communication  Review & Revision  Evaluation Training & Development General environmental awareness shall be provided for all members of staff, with specific information and/ or training given to those responsible for environmental management tasks. Communication Company shall regularly keep practice of communication with employees and outsiders in action. All communication done with employees and those outside of the company, such as farmers, industries or business house, should be documented. Revision & Review Management shall review and update the EMP regularly to ensure it reflects the current situation in the company. An annual review is required as a minimum. After review, management shall make the necessary changes as required and update them into the EMP. Any changes shall be properly updated in all relevant section or part of the EMP. Evaluation

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 235

Evaluating (checking) the environmental performance, discovering problems and correcting them. Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) of EMP provides useful feedback to the management on their own actions. So that management can evaluate the cause of any problem, check on compliance, find the lacunae in performance and become more efficient and recognize success and achievements. Implementation of Pollution control equipment’s Pollution control equipment’s will be installed during commissioning of the project. General plan for EMP implementation is given below. Table 10.10: EMP implementation phases during Construction Sr. Activity Responsibility Implementation Record No. 1. Water Site engineer Immediate during Water consumption records Pollution /supervisor construction work Supervision of Hygiene Control and safety facilities, sewage disposal, PUC devices officer certificate

2. Air Pollution Site engineer Immediate during Monitoring record Control /supervisor construction work Records of occupation health devices And safety checkup officer 3. Noise Site engineer Immediate during Vehicular check record pollution /supervisor construction work and safety officer 4. Solid waste Site engineer Immediate during Records of construction waste Management /supervisor construction work generation & disposal and safety officer 5. Greenbelt Site engineer Gradually during Record of planting, mainly development /supervisor construction and around the factory supervision and safety commissioning on irrigation facility and officer survival rate 6. Occupational Site engineer During Record and Supervision of Health and /supervisor construction work Personal protective Safety and safety equipment’s provided officer Record of all safety signs Record of First aid kits Record of medical check up Supervision and record of good house keeping

236 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report Table 10.10: EMP implementation phases during Operation Sr. Activity Responsibility Implementation Record No. 1. Water Process manager/ Immediate Record of ETP Pollution Distillery manger/ implementation performance, inlet, and Control Environment Officer Installation/up outlet characteristics. devices gradation of Record of third party ETP. laboratory analysis report Spent wash analysis. Regular inspection treatment record, control & necessary though MEE and maintenance for reduction Spent wash of evaporation loss and fired boiler blow down from cooling Commissioning system, Optimization of during COC in cooling system. Construction 2. Air Pollution Process manager/ Immediate Ambient and stack Control Distillery manger/ during Monitoring record. devices Environment Officer construction Maintains record for work storage of raw material and products 3. Noise Process manager/ Immediate Record of noise pollution Distillery manger/ during monitoring. Environment Officer Operation Supervision record for Acoustic enclosure to DG, Boiler, insulation wherever needed, acoustic laggings and silencers 4. Solid waste Process manager/ Immediate Records of generation of Management Distillery manger/ during solid waste. Supervision Environment Officer operation record of storage and disposal solid waste. 5. Greenbelt Process manager/ Gradually Record of planting/number development Distillery manger/ during of plants planted and to be Environment Officer Operation plant, supervision on irrigation facility and survival rate ensuring healthy and dense greenbelt. 6. Rainwater Process manager/ Gradually Record of rainwater harvesting Distillery manger/ during harvesting plan in the and storm Environment Officer construction factory, No. of recharge pit water and operation provided and location of drainage the same. Record of supervision and maintenance.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 237

Sr. Activity Responsibility Implementation Record No. 7. Occupational Process manager/ During Record and Supervision of Health and Distillery manger/ Operation Personal protective Safety Environment Officer equipment’s provided. Record of all safety signs Record of First aid kits Record of medical check up Supervision and record of good house keeping Record ad supervision of firefighting equipment’s provided and its regular check/ 8. CER Chairman/Managing During Maintain separate record Director /Process Operation of CER activity carried out manager/ Distillery year wise and amount manger/ spent on that. Environment Officer 9. Resource Process manager/ During Reuse of process water, saving, Distillery manger/ Operation recycling of ETP treated Recycle/ Environment Officer water, recycling of used oil, Recovery use of power saving equipment’s, natural ventilation designs in construction phase, use of thermal insulations wherever heat transfer is anticipated, CFL lighting, photosensitive switches, rainwater harvesting

10.7 Environment Management Cost Major potential environmental impacts from proposed project will be from Effluent disposal, solid waste generation, wastewater generation, and flue gas emission. However, an effective environment management plan and its implementation reduces level of significant impact on the environment. Factory will implement effective occupational health and safety measures. Environment management cost will be around Rs. 10.5 cr. & recurring cost will be 37.3 lakhs.

238 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report Table 10.11: Environment Management Cost Sr. No Description Capital Cost Recurring Cost (Rs. in lakhs) (Rs. in lakhs) 1. Air Pollution Control 700 10 3. Sugar ETP 250 5 4. Solid waste Management - 7 5. Environmental Monitoring and 40 3 Management 6. Rainwater Harvesting 25 4 7. Occupational Health 20 4.8 8. Green belt development 15 3.5 Total 1050 37.3

10.9 Conclusion Major potential environmental impacts from proposed project will be from solid waste generation, wastewater generation, ground water exploitation, and flue gas emission. However, an implementation of environment management plan reduces level of significant impact on the environment. Factory will implement effective occupational health and safety measures. Hence, proposed project will be environment friendly and safe.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 239

CHAPTER XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION This chapter executes summary of whole EIA report which includes project description in brief, environmental setting in 10 km radius, impact identification and mitigation measures, and environmental management plan. Moreover brief information of Post mentoring program and risk assessment is also furnished in this chapter. An EIA report for proposed project has been prepared as per the ToR issued and as per generic structure as per EIA notification 2006 and amendment thereof.

11.1 Scope of the study As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006 and as amended from time to time; this project falls under Category “A”, Project or Activity 5 (g), 5(h) & 1 (d) ii [All molasses/non-molasses based distilleries ≥60 KLPD], hence Environmental Clearance is required from MoEF&CC, New Delhi. The project has received a standard ToR on 11th March, 2018. ToR Letter was issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide file No.IA-J-11011/25/2018-IA-II(I) for the preparation of EIA / EMP Report.

11.2 Project information in brief Table 11.1: Project information

240 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report 5. Operation days Sugar factory season: 160 day Cogeneration : 193 (Seasonal operational days 160 and off season operational days 33) Distillery: 300 days Existing distillery is operated on molasses. In proposed distillery expansion additional 70 KLPD distillery/ethanol plant will be alternatively operated on sugarcane juice or molasses. As per availability of feedstock operation days of proposed additional expansion of 70 KLPD will be 300 days for only molasses or molasses + sugarcane juice or only sugarcane juice 6. Sugarcane required Existing: 5000 TCD Proposed :7500 TPD 7. Molasses Existing required for 36000 T for 30 KLPD requirement Proposed required for 120000 T for 100 KLPD (Molasses available with Factory is 54000 TPA remaining 66000 TPD molasses will be procured from the nearby factory). Molasses supply assurance letter is available with factory 8. Sugar cane juice 1500MTD 9. Water requirement Sugar and cogeneration  Existing sugar 360 CMD  Proposed 150 CMD Distillery  Existing 200 CMD  Proposed 590 CMD 10. Source of water Water permission is available from Executive Engineer, Sangli Irrigation department. 11. Boiler Exiting sugar boiler: 50 TPH X 1 and 28 TPHX 2 (Existing boiler shall be demolished) Proposed Sugar Boiler: 220 TPH (New incineration boiler for distillery: 40 TPH 12. TG Exiting TG : 4.5 MW (It will be demolished) Proposed TG: 44 MW, Proposed distillery incineration boiler 4 MW TG 13. DG 1 No. D.G. Set Of 1000 KVA Exist. & 2 Nos. Set Of 1000 KVA Prop. 14. Electricity Particulates Existing Proposed requirement Electricity generation 4.5 MW 44 MW Electricity consumption 4.5 MW 9.3 MW Electricity Export 00 MW 34.7 MW 15. Fuel- Bagasse Particulates Existing Proposed Bagasse production (27.5% on cane 1375 2062 TPD) Required for boiler 1150 1684 Bagasse save 56.25 84.38 16. Fuel Biogas 14000 CMD

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 241

17. Fuel Coal For incineration boiler 20% of total fuel 384 MT / DAY 18. Steam Existing steam generation 100 TPH Steam Generation from proposed boiler220 TPH boiler is 200 TPH 19. Total effluent Existing from sugar unit: 459 CMD generation Proposed from Sugar unit: 799.46 CMD Existing Distillery effluent generation: spent wash 240 CMD, spent lees 53 CMD, process condensate 186 CMD Proposed 100 KLPD distillery effluent: Spent wash 600 CMD, spent lees 253 CMD , Process condensate 430 CMD 20. Effluent treatment Existing 500 CMD ETP from sugar unit system For proposed expansion ETP capacity will be upgraded to 800 CMD. Treated water is recycled/reused in green belt development and ferti-irrigation. Total Spent wash generation will be 600 CMD. For existing unit spent wash is treated trough Biogas unit followed by Multi effect evaporator (MEE) followed by Bio composting. For Proposed 70 KLPD expansion spent wash will be treated through generated spent wash will be concentrated in MEE and then burn in proposed 40 TPH spent wash fired boiler. 21. Ash Sugar  Existing bagasse ash generation: 25 TPD  Proposed bagasse ash generation: 42 TPD Distillery  Coal ash from proposed distillery: 134.4 TPD  Spent wash ash from proposed distillery: 22-23 TPD  Bagasse and spent wash ash collected from the furnace bottom hoppers and high potash content in the bagasse ash will be used as manure. Coal ash will be sold to the brick manufacturer. 22. ETP sludge The sludge from primary clarifies, settling tank and secondary clarifier will be sent to sludge drying beds. Sludge will be dried in natural heat of sunlight. The dried cakes will be scrapped off periodically and can be utilized for as manure. 23. Air pollution control Proposed: Electrostatic precipitator measures Existing: Wet scrubber (It will be demolished and new ESP will be installed) Proposed Stack height: 72 m Existing stack height: 30 m and 40 m will be demolished and new stack of 72 m will be installed. 24. Man-power Existing manpower sugar 80 skilled and unskilled 400 For proposed expansion & Cogeneration Skilled 40 and unskilled 100 Existing Distillery skilled 10 & Unskilled 25 Proposed expansion of distillery skilled 15 & unskilled 75

242 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report 25. Total project cost Sugar expansion: Rs. 20722 Lakhs Cogeneration expansion: Rs.22101 Lakhs Project cost of the distillery: Rs. 14615 Lakhs Total: Rs. 57438 Lakhs 26. Total EMP capital Total 10.5 cr. cost Environment Sensitivity 1. Nearest Village Walwe at 500 m 2. Nearest Town / City Islampur is 12 km away and Sangli 27 km. 3. Nearest National NH4 (Mumbai - Pune - Kolhapur – Goa) is 12 m in SW. Highway 4. Nearest Railway Kirloskarvadi railway station 8.82 km in NE, station Sangli Railway station 26.67 km in SE 5. Nearest Airport Kolhapur airport (IXU) 42 km Pune international airport 178 km 6. National Parks, No any in within 10 km of project area Reserved Forests Chandoli National Park 55 km (RF) / Protected Radhanagari wildlife sanctuary 79 km Forests (PF), Wildlife Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Tiger/ Elephant Reserves, Wildlife Corridors etc. within 10 km radius 7. River / Water Body Krishna river : 2.2 km in West (within 10 km radius)

11.3 Other raw material requirements for the project Table 11.2: Raw material details Sr. Raw material Existing Proposed Storage Source Mode of No. Transport 1. Sugarcane (TPD) 5000 7500 Cane yard Nearby Market Trucks, TRACTOR 2. Molasses (TPD) 120 400 Steel Tank Own Factory Thr. pipeline requirement 3. Coal(TPH) Nil 16.00 Nearby Market Truck 4. Lime (TPD) 8.00 12.00 Godown -do- -do- 5. Sulphur(TPD) 2.5 3.75 Godown -do- -do- 6. Hydrochloric acid 15.00 30.00 Carboys -do- -do- kg/day 7. Sodium chloride - - - -do- -do- 8. Phosphoric acid 50 80 carboys -do- -do-

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 243

kg/d 9. Lubricant Oil L/d 150 225 drums -do- -do-

11.4 Process Description Sugar The major units of operations of sugar factory are –

 Extraction of Juice  Clarification  Evaporation  Crystallization  Centrifugation Distillery Alcohol will be manufactured by continuous fermentation process. Existing distillery is operated on molasses. In proposed distillery expansion additional 70 KLPD distillery/ethanol plant will be alternatively operated on sugarcane juice or molasses. As per availability of feedstock operation days of proposed additional expansion of 70 KLPD will be 300 days for only molasses or molasses + sugarcane juice or only sugarcane juice. The main steps in this molasses based operation are as follow,  Feed preparation and weighing  Dilution: Preparation of molasses for fermentation by appropriate dilution with water  Fermentation: Production of alcohol from fermentable sugars in molasses solution with the help of yeast  Distillation: Product recovery through distillation processes The main steps in this sugarcane juice based operation are as follow 1. Milling 2. Juice Clarification 3. Evaporation 4. Fermentation 5. Distillation

244 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report 11.5 Description of the environment The study area as per awarded model TOR, 2015 is earmarked to be 10 km from the project site. The study period conducted was from March 2018 to May 2018. The guiding factors for the present baseline study are the requirements prescribed by the guidelines given in the EIA Manual of the MoEFCC and methodologies mentioned in Technical EIA Guidelines Manual for Distilleries by IL&FS Ecosmart Ltd., approved by MoEFCC. Frequency of environment monitoring considered is given in Table 11.3. Table 11.3: Environmental Parameter & Frequency of Monitoring Components Parameters Frequency Methodology adopted Ambient air PM2.5,PM10,SO2,N Ambient air quality samples PM10/PM2.5: Gravimetric quality Ox, are monitored at 9 locations method for 24 hours twice a week for SO2: Modified West and the study period Gaeke Method. (IS : 5182, Part II) NOx : Jacobs and Hochheiser Method. (IS 5182 Part VI) Meteorology Surface : Wind Primary data: Monitoring data for speed and Hourly continuous primary data IS: 8829 direction , readings during the study temperature, period at plant site relative humidity secondary data collected and rainfall IMD Water quality Physical, Primary data :- Standard methods for Chemical and Ground water samples were Examination of Water and Bacteriological collected from 9 locations Wastewater’ published by parameters. and 2 surface water samples American Public Health were Association (APHA) collected from one locations Ecology Terrestrial fauna Field survey conducted in 10 Listing of floral and faunal and flora and km study area, once during species. River ecology the study period Noise Noise levels in Continuous 24 – hourly IS: 4954 as adopted by dB(A) monitoring at 9 locations CPCB. once during the study period Soil Physico-chemical Sampling at 9 locations BIS specifications around project site once during the study period. Socioeconomi Socio-economic General in 10 km radial study - c Data characteristics of area and data collected around the affected area the project site through field visits

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 245

Land use Land use for 10 km radius, Based on data Topo-sheets pattern different published in Primary Census Satellite imageries categories Abstract and satellite imagery LISS –III Geology and Type, drainage Field Observations in 10 km Authenticate published hydrogeology etc. study area and from data. secondary data

Table 11.4: Observation of Environmental monitoring Environmental Frequency of monitoring Parameters Observed Results Attributes (March 2018- May 2018) Meteorology Microprocessor based Wind speed, Max 28-30 km/h Weather Monitoring Station Wind direction W and SW Continuous hourly Max. Temp. 430C recording Mini. Temp. 6.5 0C Relative Humidity Max 77 Precipitation Monthly total annual avg. 681.8 mm Ambient Air 9 Locations PM10 All parameters are within Quality 24 hourly samples PM2.5 NAAQ 2009 standards. Twice a week for 3 months SO2 (in µg/m3) NOx CO Water Quality Once in season at 11 Colour All parameters are within (Ground & locations pH limit except MPN count Surface) (Physical, chemical and TDS and E-Coli in surface water biological parameters) COD as well as ground water. E-Coli Soil Quality Once in season at 8 Soil type and Dark brown to black, clay locations texture, Physico- loam, soil is medium in chemical fertility, good water properties, NPK holding capacity, heavy metal contamination signs not seen. Noise Quality Once in season at 9 Day 42.6-66.5 Locations (Noise levels in Night 39.5-65.5 dB(A)) Land use One time visit of the study Identification & Most of the land is Pattern area for ground truthing classification of Agricultural land followed land use by Barren land Geology and Once in study period Geology and Basaltic lava flows, the hydrogeology hydrogeology of ground water in Deccan the study area trap basalt occurs mostly in the upper weathered

246 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report Environmental Frequency of monitoring Parameters Observed Results Attributes (March 2018- May 2018) and fractured parts down to 20-25 m depth, alluvium occurs in small areas. Ecology General in 10 km radial Flora Accasia sp. Azadirachta study area and data indica , Cassia tora, Senna collected around the project siamea etc. site through field visits Fauna Common mormon, Lemon pansy, green bee-eater, drongo etc. Socioeconomic General in 10 km radial Socio-economic Sanitation facilities are Data study area and data characteristics of unsatisfactory, Power collected around the project the affected area supply facility is available site through field visits in almost villages and town, Drinking water sources is mostly from PWD water supply, Medical facilities in terms of primary health center and primary health sub centers in the rural areas are good.

11.6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts Anticipated environmental impacts due to operation of the proposed project are given in below Table 11.5 Table 11.5: Anticipated Impacts Environmental Facets Anticipated Impacts Air Environment Probable increase in concentration of air pollutants due to process, fugitive, and utility emissions. Water Environment Generation of industrial & domestic wastewater. Land Environment Impacts on land due to improper disposal of hazardous/ solid waste. Ecological Environment Positive as greenbelt of appropriate width will be developed and maintained by the factory in the area. No impacts are envisaged on aquatic flora & fauna as there will be zero effluent discharge outside the plant premises. Social Environment Overall development of the area in respect of the infrastructure development, educational growth, health facilities etc. Economic Environment Positive impacts on economy of the region and the country as the Alcohol will be exported and revenue generation. Noise Environment Minor increase in noise level within the project area.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 247

Occupational Health & Major health hazards are identified in worst case scenario. Safety

11.7 Environmental Monitoring Program Table 11.6: Environmental monitoring schedule Sr. No. Particulate Parameters Number of location Frequency 13. Ambient air PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Ambient air quality at Monthly quality NOx, CO, etc. minimum 3 locations. Two samples downwind direction at 500m and 1000m respectively. One sample upwind direction at 500m. 14. Stack gas PM, SO2 and NOx Number of stacks Monthly Online stack monitoring is - installed for existing system. 15. Work place PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Process emission in workplace Monthly CO, O3 area/plants (for each area/plant minimum 2 locations and 1 location outside plant area near vent) 16. Waste pH, EC, SS, TDS, Wastewater from all sources. Monthly water O&G, Ammonical Inlet & outlet of ETP, spent Nitrogen, COD, wash, Condensate treatment BOD, Chloride, plant Sulphides etc. Online Monitoring machine is already installed at existing ETP. Camera at spent wash tank is also installed. 17. Surface pH, Salinity, 3-5 location Half yearly water and Conductivity, TDS, Ground as well as Surface ground Turbidity, DO, water. water BOD, Phosphate, Nitrates, Within 1 km radius from spent Sulphates, wash tank and compost yard. 2 Chlorides, Total locations downward 1 location Coliforms (TC) & upward additional three E.Coli locations within 10 km radius from the site. River sample One each at upstream and downstream 18. Solid waste Ash  Process dust generated Monthly sludge and ash.  Before used as manure if

248 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report Sr. No. Particulate Parameters Number of location Frequency used manure 19. Soil Organic N, P, K, moisture, At lands utilizing compost Pre – and EC, heavy metals manure and treated effluent, 3 monsoon Inorganic etc. locations and Post matter monsoon 20. Noise Equivalent noise 5 location Monthly level - dB (A) at At all source and outside the min. Noise Levels Plant area. measurement at high noise generating places as well as sensitive receptors in the vicinity 21. Green belt Number of In and around the plant site Monthly plantation (units), number of survived plants/ trees, number of poor plant/ trees. 22. Soil Texture, pH, 2-3 near Solid/ hazardous Quarterly electrical waste storage. conductivity, At least five locations from cation exchange Greenbelt and area where capacity, alkali manure of biological waste is metals, Sodium applied. Absorption Ratio Near spent wash storage (SAR), lagoon permeability, porosity. 23. Occupation Health and fitness All worker Yearly/ al health checkup of twice a employees getting year exposed to various hazards and all other staff 24. Emergency Fire protection Mock drill records, on site Monthly preparedne and safety emergency plan, evacuation during ss, measures to take plan operation such as fire care of fire and phase fighting explosion hazards, to be assessed and steps taken for their prevention.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 249

11.8 Additional Studies The following Additional Studies were done in reference to the awarded Terms of References issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi.  Public Consultation  Risk Assessment for storage and handling of alcohol and mitigation measure due to fire and explosion and handling areas.

11.9 Project Benefits 1. The command area is rich in sugar cane cultivation and has adequate irrigation facilities for assured annual sugarcane availability 2. Readily available infrastructure, fuel, & water for renewable energy power generation project. 3. Provides an initiative to sugar mill to concentrate more on conservation of energy & reduction of operating cost, thereby improving their profitability of operation. 4. Saves the expenditure on safe storage and disposal of bagasse. 5. Benefits of quick return on biomass power capital investment and generation of additional revenue. 6. The economic benefits available to the sugar factories from sale of exportable surplus and improvement in the operations 7. Entire integrated project is proposed to be set up based on the stand-alone commercial viability of each component of the project.

11.10 Environmental Management Plan Following mitigation measures shall be adopted by factory to minimize the impact of project on the surrounding environment. Table 11.7: EMP for various Environmental Attributes Environmental Mitigation Measures Attributes Air Quality Process Emission Management  ESPs shall be provided for PM emissions.  The whole process will be carried out in closed condition so as to avoid any chances of VOC emissions. Utility Emission  All the D.G. sets shall be standby arrangement and will only be

250 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report Environmental Mitigation Measures Attributes used during power failure.  Adequate stack height shall be provided to Boiler and D.G. sets.  Electrostatic Precipitator shall be provided as an air pollution control device to the boiler with approximately 99% efficiency to capture maximum boiler fly ash. Fugitive Emission  The main raw material and product shall be brought in and dispatched by road in covered enclosures.  Dust suppression on haul roads shall be done at regular intervals. Water & Wastewater  The proposed Sugar and distillery would be based on “Zero Management Liquid Discharge “technology.  Total Spent wash generation will be 600 CMD. For existing unit spent wash is treated trough Biogas unit followed by Multi effect evaporator (MEE) followed by Bio composting. For Proposed 70 KLPD expansion spent wash will be treated through generated spent wash will be concentrated in MEE and then burn in proposed 40 TPH spent wash fired boiler.  The Process condensate, spent lees will be cooled and will be treated in Condensate Polishing Unit, after treatment of which it will be recycled back to the process again.  Domestic wastewater will be treated in proposed STP. The treated water will be used for gardening.  Proper storm water drainage will be provided during rainy season to avoid mixing of storm water with effluent.  Rain water harvesting from the catchment area will be done for the proposed distillery project. Noise Management  Closed room shall be provided for all the utilities so as to attenuate the noise pollution.  Acoustic enclosure shall be provided to D.G sets.  Free flow of traffic movement shall be maintained. Earmuffs shall be used while running equipment’s of the plant.  Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals shall be done to reduce generation of noise.  Greenbelt shall be developed around the periphery of the plant to reduce noise levels. Odour Management  Odor shall be primarily controlled at source by good operational practices, including physical and management control measures.  Better housekeeping will maintain good hygiene condition by regular steaming of all fermentation equipment.  Use of efficient biocides to control bacterial contamination.  Control of temperature during fermentation to avoid inactivation/ killing of yeast.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 251

Environmental Mitigation Measures Attributes  Avoid staling of fermented wash. Solid & Hazardous  The hazardous waste i.e. spent oil generated shall be very minor Waste Management and shall be burnt in boiler along with fuel.  Boiler coal ash shall be sold to brick manufacturer.  Bagasse and spent wash ash will be used as  ETP & yeast sludge can be used in greenbelt development Traffic Management  Culverts shall be maintained.  The trucks carrying raw material & fuel shall be covered to reduce any fugitive dust generation.  Good traffic management system shall be developed and implemented for the incoming and outgoing vehicles so as to avoid congestion on the public road. Green Belt  Plantation shall been done as per Central Pollution Control Development / Board (CPCB) Norms. Plantation  The plantation in and around the plant site helps/will help to attenuate the pollution level.  Native species shall be given priority for Avenue plantation. Corporate Social  An amount of INR 2.87 Cr. (As CER OM dated 1.05.2018 Responsibility Brownfield project. 0.5% of total project cost) will be allocated for CSR activities in the coming 3 years which will be utilized on the basis of requirement for weaker sections of the society for next 3 years. Occupational Health  Factory shall monitor the health of its worker before placement & Safety and periodically examine during the employment  Health effects of various activities and health hazard if any observed shall be recorded and discussed with the health experts for corrective and preventive actions need to be taken by the industry  All safety gear shall be provided to workers and care shall be taken by EMC that these are used properly by them. All safety norms shall be followed

11.11 CONCLUSION

Present factory has committed to implement all the pollution control measures to protect the surrounding environment. The project can definitely improve the regional, state, and national economy. Industrial growth is an indication of socio economic development. The implementation of this project will definitely improve the physical and social infrastructure of the surrounding area. Moreover, it is safe to say that the project is not

252 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report likely to cause any significant impact on the ecology of the area, as adequate preventive measures will be adopted to contain the various pollutants within permissible limits. Green belt development around the area would also be taken up as an effective pollution mitigation technique, as well as to control the pollutants released from the premises.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 253

CHAPTER XII: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT Chapter provides the information of Environment consultant involved in preparation of Environment Impact Assessment Report, NABET accreditation status of the Consultant organization and team of experts involved in preparation of EIA report.

12.1 Background of the organization MITCON Consultancy and Engineering Services Ltd., (MITCON) is a rapidly growing, an ISO 9001-2008 certified Consultancy Company, promoted by ICICI, IDBI, IFCI, and State Corporations of Maharashtra and Public Commercial Banks. It was founded in 1982; with Head Office at Pune and with supporting offices spread over entire country including Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, Hyderabad, Chennai, Chandigarh, and Ahmadabad etc. With experience, expertise, and track record developed over last almost three decades, MITCON provides diverse range of macro and micro consultancy services in the areas of

 Environment Management and Engineering (EME).  Energy Efficiency.  Biomass and Co-gen power.  Agricultural Business and Bio-technology.  Infrastructure.  Market Research.  Banking Finance and Securitisation.  Micro Enterprise Development.  IT Training and Education

12.2 Environmental Management and Engineering Division (EME) Environmental Management and Engineering Division (EME) is one of the key divisions of MITCON and provide expert consultancy and laboratory services for various matrixes of services in the field of environmental management. Thus, EME division partners with an organization in their efforts of achieving sustainable business model. Some of our credentials of EME division is,  State-of-the-art Environment Laboratory with experienced and trained manpower.

254 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.

Padmabhushan Krantiveer Dr. Nagnathanna Nayakawadi Hutatma Kisan Ahir SSK Ltd. EIA Report  Recognition by Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEFCC), Government of India and OHSAS 18001/2007.  We are recommended as Technical Consultant by Directorate of Municipal Administration, Govt. of Maharashtra, Mumbai, for preparation of Detailed Project Reports (DPR) on Municipal Solid Waste Management for the Municipal Councils in Maharashtra.  Accredited by QCI-NABET as an EIA consultant.  Environmental Impact Assessment  Environmental Audit / Status Report  Consent from SPCB  Municipal Solid Waste Management (MSW)/ Hazardous Waste (HZ) Management & Technical Services  Water Supply and Sanitation  Small Turnkey Projects  Technical Appraisal  GIS and Remote Sensing  Laboratory Services  Water Quality  Soil Quality  Wastes (Solid & Semisolid)  Specialized Services  Monitoring Services  Operation&Maintenance Services EME division of MITCON serves to various sectors like – GIS & RS, solid waste, infrastructure, power, sugar, engineering, chemical, real estate etc.

12.3 NABET Accreditation MITCON Consultancy and Engineering Services Ltd. is accredited from National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET), Quality Council of India for the EIA consultancy services in 16 sectors.

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. 255

12.4 Key personnel’s engaged in preparation of EIA report Dr. Hemangi Nalavade is an EIA coordinator for this project. Other Functional Area Expertise (FAE) and Team Members (TM) undertaking this project with their specific roles and responsibilities are given in below, Table 12.1: Experts engaged in the EIA report Sr. No. Name of expertise EIA Coordinator/ Functional Area 1. Dr. Sandeep Jadhav Ecology & Biodiversity, Soil Conservation 2. Mr. Shrikant Kakade Ecology & Biodiversity, Noise and Vibration 3. Dr. Hemangi Nalavade Air Pollution(AP), Meteorology, Air Quality Modelling & Prediction (AQ) and Solid Hazardous waste

4. Prof. Vikram Ghole Water pollution 5. Mr. Ganesh Khamgal Socio Economic 6. Mr. Annat Gadre Land Use 7. Mr. Chetan Patil Solid Hazardous Waste 8. Mr. Aniket Taware Risk Hazard 9. Mr. Nikhil Chavhan Air Pollution(AP), Meteorology, Air Quality Modelling & Prediction (AQ), NV

256 MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd.